shall_v here_o oppose_v and_o that_o by_o lay_v down_o my_o own_o opinion_n which_o be_v that_o the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 8._o be_v not_o antichrist_n kingdom_n only_o but_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o four_o or_o roman_a monarchy_n which_o be_v clear_a 1_o because_o in_o each_o of_o daniel_n other_o prophecy_n we_o have_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n set_v forth_o in_o its_o twofold_a estate_n 1_o in_o its_o pure_a civil_a state_n 2_o in_o it_o mix_v antichristian_a state_n as_o i_o have_v before_o prove_v part._n 2._o chap._n 4._o sect._n 2._o but_o if_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o this_o chapter_n signify_v antichrist_n kingdom_n only_o then_o in_o this_o prophecy_n we_o have_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n describe_v only_o in_o its_o second_o state_n and_o so_o this_o prophecy_n be_v make_v to_o differ_v from_o the_o other_o three_o yea_o by_o consequence_n many_o hundred_o year_n 2_o because_o the_o rise_n of_o this_o little_a horn_n in_o the_o latter_a time_n of_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n shall_v here_o be_v leap_v over_o which_o be_v not_o in_o any_o of_o the_o other_o prophecy_n vers_fw-la 23._o and_o in_o the_o latter_a time_n of_o their_o kingdom_n a_o king_n of_o fierce_a countenance_n shall_v stand_v up_o what_o kingdom_n be_v this_o answ_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o greek_n speak_v of_o vers_n 22._o which_o after_o alexander_n death_n be_v break_v and_o divide_v into_o four_o kingdom_n this_o no_o way_n agree_v to_o antichrist_n who_o rise_n be_v not_o till_o many_o hundred_o year_n after_o the_o dissolution_n of_o the_o three_o or_o grecian_a monarchy_n but_o it_o punctual_o agree_v to_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n which_o have_v its_o rise_n according_a to_o the_o very_a word_n in_o the_o latter_a time_n of_o the_o divide_a grecian_a monarchy_n 3_o because_o the_o rise_n of_o this_o little_a horn_n be_v out_o of_o one_o of_o the_o four_o horn_n of_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n vers_fw-la 9_o and_o out_o of_o one_o of_o they_o i._n e._n of_o the_o four_o horn_n vers_n 8._o come_v forth_o a_o little_a horn._n this_o can_v be_v apply_v to_o antichrist_n who_o rise_v out_o of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n not_o the_o grecian_a but_o it_o agree_v well_o to_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n which_o consider_v it_o as_o it_o be_v a_o monarchy_n in_o the_o account_n of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n here_o in_o daniel_n for_o by_o the_o way_n observe_v this_o rule_n that_o the_o holy_a ghost_n account_v none_o of_o the_o kingdom_n succeed_v one_o another_o to_o be_v monarchy_n till_o they_o have_v swallow_v up_o the_o whole_a or_o some_o considerable_a part_n of_o the_o forego_n monarchy_n therefore_o though_o cyrus_n before_o the_o take_n of_o babylon_n have_v obtain_v great_a conquest_n yet_o his_o monarchy_n in_o daniel_n sense_n begin_v thence_o alexander_n likewise_o have_v do_v great_a exploit_n before_o he_o encounter_v darius_n yet_o his_o monarchy_n begin_v from_o his_o overthrow_n of_o he_o in_o like_a manner_n we_o be_v to_o reckon_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n from_o that_o time_n when_o it_o first_o begin_v to_o bring_v under_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n which_o be_v when_o it_o do_v subdue_v to_o itself_o the_o kingdom_n of_o macedon_n one_o of_o the_o four_o horn_n into_o which_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n after_o alexander_n death_n be_v divide_v when_o the_o macedonian_a kingdom_n which_o former_o have_v be_v the_o seat_n of_o the_o three_o monarchy_n be_v turn_v into_o a_o roman_a province_n than_o begin_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n from_o which_o time_n the_o same_o do_v daily_o increase_v till_o in_o the_o end_n by_o degree_n one_o after_o another_o it_o swallow_v up_o the_o other_o horn_n also_o now_o observe_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n may_v well_o be_v say_v to_o rise_v out_o of_o one_o of_o the_o four_o horn_n of_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n in_o regard_n that_o that_o kingdom_n which_o in_o the_o account_n of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n before_o be_v no_o monarchy_n by_o swallow_v up_o the_o kingdom_n of_o macedon_n the_o seat_n of_o the_o former_a monarchy_n now_o take_v place_n of_o it_o and_o become_v a_o monarchy_n and_o therefore_o many_o make_v observation_n of_o that_o remarkable_a eclipse_n of_o the_o moon_n which_o be_v total_a and_o happen_v the_o night_n before_o that_o fatal_a overthrow_n of_o persius_n by_o aemylius_fw-la the_o roman_a consul_n through_o which_o the_o macedonian_a kingdom_n be_v lose_v as_o a_o prognostication_n of_o this_o wonderful_a change_n 4_o because_o this_o horn_n in_o its_o first_o rise_n be_v a_o little_a horn_n which_o fit_o agree_v to_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n consider_v it_o either_o first_o as_o it_o become_v a_o monarchy_n as_o i_o say_v even_o now_o by_o subdue_a to_o itself_o the_o kingdom_n of_o macedon_n which_o though_o it_o have_v be_v the_o ancient_a seat_n of_o the_o three_o monarchy_n yet_o comparative_o with_o some_o other_o of_o the_o four_o horn_n in_o the_o greek_a empire_n viz._n the_o kingdom_n of_o egypt_n and_o syria_n which_o be_v more_o potent_a than_o that_o of_o macedon_n it_o be_v but_o a_o little_a horn._n or_o second_o if_o we_o consider_v the_o manner_n of_o the_o roman_n growth_n as_o they_o be_v a_o monarchy_n which_o be_v different_a from_o the_o growth_n of_o all_o the_o former_a monarchy_n for_o the_o former_a monarchy_n have_v their_o perfection_n in_o a_o manner_n the_o first_o day_n they_o become_v monarchy_n but_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n be_v a_o monarchy_n whilst_o yet_o it_o be_v little_a and_o more_o imperfect_a and_o afterward_o by_o a_o gradual_a growth_n through_o continuance_n of_o time_n it_o attain_v perfection_n cyrus_n swallow_n up_o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n alexander_n the_o mede_n and_o persian_n as_o it_o be_v at_o a_o mouthful_n and_o in_o so_o do_v these_o monarchy_n be_v at_o the_o top_n arrive_v to_o their_o perfect_a stature_n the_o first_o day_n of_o their_o birth_n but_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n otherwise_o it_o come_v creep_v on_o as_o it_o be_v unseen_a and_o by_o little_a and_o little_o encroach_v upon_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n till_o in_o the_o end_n it_o have_v devour_v all_o first_o it_o swallow_v up_o the_o little_a kingdom_n of_o macedon_n by_o this_o it_o become_v a_o monarchy_n then_o about_o a_o hundred_o year_n after_o it_o swallow_v up_o the_o kingdom_n of_o syria_n and_o make_v a_o province_n of_o that_o then_o sometime_o after_o the_o kingdom_n of_o egypt_n than_o palestina_n and_o the_o country_n adjacent_a make_v they_o province_n and_o so_o by_o degree_n it_o swallow_v up_o the_o whole_a grecian_a monarchy_n so_o that_o indeed_o we_o may_v say_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n comparative_o with_o what_o it_o grow_v to_o through_o continuance_n of_o time_n be_v in_o its_o first_o birth_n but_o a_o infant_n and_o therefore_o be_v well_o call_v a_o little_a horn._n this_o gradual_a growth_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n take_v it_o in_o its_o first_o or_o second_o state_n for_o herein_o one_o answer_n to_o the_o other_o the_o growth_n of_o both_o be_v gradual_a be_v lively_o set_v forth_o by_o the_o term_n wax_a it_o wax_v great_a towards_o the_o south_n &c_n &c_n and_o it_o wax_v great_a even_o to_o the_o host_n of_o heaven_n vers_fw-la 10._o which_o word_n note_v a_o gradual_a increase_n whereas_o the_o growth_n of_o the_o other_o monarchy_n be_v as_o i_o have_v say_v sudden_a furthermore_o whereas_o this_o wax_a great_a of_o this_o little_a horn_n in_o its_o first_o state_n be_v say_v to_o be_v towards_o the_o south_n and_o towards_o the_o east_n and_o towards_o the_o pleasant_a land_n it_o excellent_o set_v forth_o the_o exploit_n of_o the_o roman_n after_o they_o have_v subdue_v the_o macedonian_a kingdom_n for_o hereupon_o they_o assault_v the_o kingdom_n of_o syria_n and_o egypt_n whereof_o one_o lie_v towards_o the_o east_n of_o macedon_n or_o if_o you_o will_v rather_o of_o rome_n or_o italy_n the_o other_o the_o south_n and_o withal_o they_o invade_v palestina_n the_o land_n of_o canaan_n which_o be_v here_o call_v the_o pleasant_a land_n so_o that_o in_o a_o word_n a_o more_o accurate_a description_n of_o the_o first_o rise_v and_o growth_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n according_a to_o what_o history_n record_v hereof_o can_v be_v give_v then_o be_v here_o in_o this_o vision_n of_o daniel_n lay_v down_o in_o but_o a_o line_n or_o two_o 5_o because_o this_o horn_n though_o little_a in_o its_o first_o rise_n yet_o do_v it_o in_o time_n wax_v exceed_v great_a vers_n 9_o great_a than_o any_o of_o the_o kingdom_n that_o have_v be_v before_o it_o exceed_v they_o all_o which_o agree_v not_o to_o antichrist_n kingdom_n but_o exact_o to_o what_o we_o have_v of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n dan._n 2.40_o chap._n 7.7_o 6_o because_o the_o twofold_a wax_a great_a of_o this_o little_a horn_n excellent_o set_v forth_o the_o twofold_a state_n of_o the_o
reform_v outward_a kingdom_n but_o when_o once_o the_o work_n come_v to_o break_v and_o beat_v to_o pecoe_n i.e._n subvert_v kingdom_n raze_v their_o very_a foundation_n and_o destroy_v their_o be_v as_o they_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n here_o unless_o we_o conceive_v god_n to_o do_v it_o by_o a_o miracle_n must_v we_o also_o conceive_v some_o other_o hand_n beside_o a_o spiritual_a to_o be_v put_v to_o the_o work_n 3_o because_o the_o stone_n to_o the_o end_n there_o may_v not_o be_v a_o vacancy_n in_o the_o world_n come_v straightway_o in_o the_o place_n and_o room_n of_o the_o great_a image_n so_o soon_o as_o ever_o the_o same_o be_v total_o break_v verse_n thirty_o five_o for_o as_o the_o great_a image_n while_o stand_v bear_v rule_n over_o all_o the_o earth_n verse_n thirty_o nine_o so_o the_o same_o be_v break_v the_o stone_n become_v a_o mountain_n and_o fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n verse_n thirty_o five_o therefore_o must_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n be_v such_o a_o kingdom_n as_o be_v that_o of_o the_o great_a image_n viz._n outward_a or_o otherwise_o the_o come_n of_o that_o in_o the_o place_n of_o the_o other_o now_o take_v away_o can_v not_o supply_v the_o want_n of_o the_o other_o from_o all_o which_o reason_n and_o some_o other_o also_o that_o be_v lay_v down_o in_o the_o follow_a discourse_n page_n one_o hundred_o and_o five_o one_o hundred_o and_o six_o it_o be_v clear_a that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n mention_v daniel_n 2._o can_v be_v a_o spiritual_a kingdom_n but_o must_v be_v a_o outward_a thus_o much_o from_o daniel_n first_o prophecy_n second_o as_o for_o that_o kingdom_n daniel_n speak_v of_o in_o his_o second_o prophecy_n chapter_n seven_o which_o be_v there_o say_v to_o be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n and_o to_o succeed_v in_o respect_n of_o the_o greatness_n and_o glory_n of_o it_o though_o not_o in_o respect_n of_o the_o beginning_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n that_o it_o can_v be_v a_o spiritual_a kingdom_n but_o must_v also_o be_v a_o outward_a and_o visible_a be_v clear_a for_o these_o reason_n first_o reason_n because_o it_o be_v a_o kingdom_n in_o which_o outward_a judgement_n be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n verse_n twenty_o two_o judgement_n be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a this_o judgement_n must_v be_v outward_a because_o the_o effect_n of_o it_o be_v such_o viz._n a_o cast_v down_o the_o throne_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n verse_n nine_o by_o consequence_n therefore_o the_o kingdom_n itself_o must_v be_v such_o second_o reason_n because_o it_o be_v a_o kingdom_n the_o saint_n be_v say_v to_o possess_v verse_n twenty_o two_o the_o time_n come_v that_o the_o saint_n possess_v the_o kingdom_n but_o it_o be_v more_o proper_a to_o say_v of_o the_o spiritual_a kingdom_n that_o it_o possess_v they_o than_o they_o it_o three_o reason_n because_o it_o be_v the_o very_a same_o kingdom_n which_o be_v before_o govern_v by_o the_o little_a horn_n that_o be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n now_o that_o be_v a_o outward_a kingdom_n such_o must_v the_o kingdom_n give_v to_o the_o saint_n be_v also_o that_o the_o kingdom_n give_v to_o the_o saint_n be_v the_o very_a same_o kingdom_n that_o the_o little_a horn_n do_v before_o possess_v be_v clear_a from_o the_o plain_a word_n and_o expression_n use_v by_o the_o holy_a ghost_n verse_n twenty_o one_o twenty_o two_o i_o behold_v and_o the_o same_o horn_n make_v war_n with_o the_o saint_n and_o prevail_v against_o they_o until_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n come_v and_o judgement_n be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a and_o the_o time_n come_v that_o the_o saint_n possess_v the_o kingdom_n note_v we_o do_v not_o read_v it_o that_o the_o saint_n possess_v a_o kingdom_n upon_o this_o their_o judge_v of_o the_o little_a horn_n but_o the_o kingdom_n teach_v we_o thus_o much_o that_o that_o very_a kingdom_n which_o the_o saint_n by_o judge_v the_o little_a horn_n do_v take_v from_o he_o they_o themselves_o do_v afterward_o possess_v so_o verse_n seventeen_o and_o eighteen_o these_o great_a beast_n which_o be_v four_o be_v four_o king_n which_o shall_v arise_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n but_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a â—eall_a take_v the_o kingdom_n and_o possess_v the_o kingdom_n for_o ever_o even_o for_o ever_o and_o ever_o observe_v the_o kingdom_n or_o that_o very_a kingdom_n which_o be_v before_o govern_v by_o the_o four_o great_a beast_n and_o by_o the_o little_a horn_n as_o the_o last_o limb_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n be_v the_o kingdom_n that_o the_o saint_n take_v i.e._n from_o this_o little_a horn_n and_o so_o consequent_o from_o all_o the_o beast_n or_o power_n his_o predecessor_n and_o have_v take_v it_o do_v possess_v it_o for_o ever_o and_o ever_o i.e._n it_o shall_v never_o be_v take_v from_o they_o again_o as_o they_o take_v it_o from_o all_o the_o other_o so_o verse_n twenty_o six_o twenty_o seven_o but_o the_o judgement_n shall_v sit_v and_o they_o shall_v take_v away_o his_o dominion_n to_o consume_v and_o to_o destroy_v it_o unto_o the_o end_n and_o the_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n and_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a who_o kingdom_n be_v a_o everlasting_a kingdom_n and_o all_o dominion_n shall_v serve_v and_o obey_v he_o observe_v the_o saint_n in_o the_o evening_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n kingdom_n be_v by_o the_o decree_n of_o heaven_n constitute_v a_o high_a court_n of_o justice_n hereupon_o they_o sit_v in_o judgement_n by_o sit_v in_o judgement_n they_o take_v away_o his_o dominion_n who_o why_o the_o little_a horn_n upon_o who_o the_o discourse_n run_v but_o what_o become_v of_o it_o when_o they_o have_v take_v it_o away_o &_o despoil_v he_o of_o it_o why_o it_o be_v by_o god_n give_v to_o they_o the_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n and_o greatness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a which_o yet_o further_o beside_o the_o general_a scope_n which_o show_v this_o to_o be_v the_o same_o kingdom_n with_o that_o of_o the_o little_a horn_n that_o this_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v a_o outward_a kingdom_n the_o use_n of_o that_o phrase_n the_o greatness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n which_o can_v without_o force_v the_o word_n be_v restrain_v to_o a_o spiritual_a kingdom_n only_o do_v necessary_o import_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n therefore_o which_o daniel_n in_o his_o second_o prophecy_n make_v mention_n of_o can_v be_v a_o mere_a spiritual_a kingdom_n but_o be_v and_o must_v be_v a_o outward_a but_o now_o as_o it_o be_v the_o great_a masterpiece_n of_o satan_n policy_n at_o the_o time_n of_o christ_n first_o come_v when_o he_o set_v up_o his_o spiritual_a kingdom_n to_o put_v that_o generation_n of_o man_n altogether_o upon_o look_v after_o the_o outward_a kingdom_n draw_v they_o thereby_o to_o a_o neglect_n of_o that_o kingdom_n which_o they_o in_o that_o day_n ought_v special_o to_o have_v attend_v to_o so_o be_v it_o his_o great_a engine_n of_o policy_n in_o the_o day_n a_o little_a before_o christ_n second_o come_v when_o now_o christ_n be_v indeed_o and_o in_o truth_n enter_v into_o the_o world_n to_o set_v up_o his_o outward_a kingdom_n to_o turn_v the_o eye_n of_o this_o generation_n altogether_o upon_o the_o spiritual_a kingdom_n draw_v they_o thereby_o off_o from_o the_o outward_a hereby_o cunning_o hold_v forth_o one_o truth_n as_o a_o bait_n to_o allure_v from_o another_o and_o endeavour_v to_o draw_v the_o heart_n of_o man_n from_o the_o great_a truth_n of_o the_o generation_n by_o present_v they_o with_o some_o other_o truth_n every_o way_n as_o glorious_a consider_v in_o itself_o the_o time_n and_o season_n only_o which_o be_v still_o the_o thing_n that_o add_v beauty_n to_o generation-truth_n set_v aside_o as_o the_o truth_n itself_o of_o the_o generation_n upon_o the_o foregoing_a principle_n that_o christ_n be_v to_o have_v a_o outward_a visible_a kingdom_n and_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o follow_a discourse_n which_o prove_v that_o the_o time_n of_o set_v up_o this_o kingdom_n be_v now_o approach_v and_o upon_o we_o do_v it_o not_o necessary_o follow_v that_o all_o those_o who_o in_o this_o day_n shall_v by_o their_o say_n or_o act_n be_v find_v to_o have_v any_o hand_n in_o keep_v christ_n from_o his_o throne_n be_v by_o so_o do_v become_v guilty_a of_o high_a treason_n against_o this_o king_n of_o king_n and_o though_o they_o may_v and_o shall_v escape_v the_o judgement_n of_o man_n may_v they_o not_o expect_v in_o case_n they_o remember_v not_o from_o whence_o they_o be_v fall_v and_o
epiphanes_n be_v by_o chronologer_n general_o reckon_v as_o a_o part_n of_o the_o three_o or_o grecian_a monarchy_n 3_o because_o the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v that_o which_o break_v in_o piece_n all_o the_o forego_n kingdom_n and_o monarchy_n i.e._n it_o subdue_v to_o itself_o whatsoever_o be_v before_o subject_a to_o any_o of_o the_o other_o monarchy_n vers_fw-la 40._o for_o as_o much_o as_o iron_n break_v in_o piece_n and_o subdue_v all_o thing_n and_o as_o iron_n that_o break_v all_o these_o shall_v it_o break_v in_o piece_n and_o bruise_v this_o also_o appear_v from_o vers_fw-la 35._o because_o the_o stone_n that_o smite_v upon_o its_o smite_v break_v the_o brass_n the_o silver_n the_o gold_n as_o well_o as_o the_o iron_n and_o clay_n though_o yet_o it_o smite_v no_o other_o but_o the_o foot_n of_o iron_n and_o clay_n which_o show_v that_o whatsoever_o be_v in_o the_o three_o first_o part_n of_o gold_n silver_n brass_n be_v now_o by_o succession_n come_v to_o the_o iron_n and_o clay_n which_o smite_v the_o whole_a be_v break_v but_o this_o be_v never_o do_v by_o the_o seleucidae_n in_o general_a nor_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n in_o special_a therefore_o can_v relate_v to_o he_o or_o they_o but_o have_v a_o punctual_a fulfil_n in_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n which_o succeed_v the_o grecian_a and_o swallow_v up_o whatsoever_o the_o forego_n monarchy_n possess_v 4_o because_o in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o king_n the_o god_n of_o heaven_n set_v up_o his_o own_o kingdom_n vers_fw-la 44._o but_o this_o kingdom_n according_a to_o the_o principle_n of_o those_o who_o be_v our_o opponent_n who_o begin_v it_o not_o till_o christ_n birth_n be_v not_o set_v up_o in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n nor_o of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n for_o the_o whole_a kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n yea_o the_o whole_a greek_a empire_n low_a than_o which_o this_o opinion_n look_v not_o be_v utter_o dissolve_v many_o year_n before_o christ_n birth_n 5_o because_o it_o be_v christ_n kingdom_n represent_v by_o the_o stone_n which_o by_o smite_v break_v in_o piece_n that_o kingdom_n which_o by_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n of_o the_o great_a image_n be_v set_v forth_o vers_fw-la 34._o thou_o see_v till_o that_o a_o stone_n be_v cut_v out_o without_o hand_n which_o smite_v the_o image_n upon_o his_o foot_n that_o be_v of_o iron_n and_o clay_n and_o break_v they_o to_o piece_n but_o it_o be_v not_o christ_n kingdom_n but_o the_o pagan_a power_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n that_o destroy_v and_o break_v in_o piece_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n of_o which_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n be_v a_o limb_n therefore_o can_v the_o seleucidae_n or_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n be_v understand_v by_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n of_o the_o great_a image_n 6_o because_o the_o stone_n that_o smite_v the_o great_a image_n break_v it_o to_o piece_n can_v be_v christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n set_v up_o upon_o his_o first_o come_n which_o this_o opinion_n as_o it_o do_v say_v so_o must_v it_o or_o say_v nothing_o 1_o because_o this_o kingdom_n take_v its_o rise_n where_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n be_v smite_v but_o christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n do_v not_o rise_v till_o many_o year_n after_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n in_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o patron_n of_o this_o opinion_n be_v whole_o dissolve_v and_o in_o be_v no_o long_o 2_o because_o this_o kingdom_n can_v become_v a_o mountain_n fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n so_o long_o as_o the_o great_a image_n i.e._n worldly_n power_n stand_v which_o be_v clear_a because_o upon_o the_o total_a dissolution_n of_o the_o great_a image_n it_o become_v a_o mountain_n and_o not_o before_o vers_n 34_o 35._o but_o now_o christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n may_v be_v a_o mountain_n fill_v the_o earth_n in_o a_o spiritual_a sense_n though_o the_o great_a image_n be_v not_o break_v in_o piece_n i.e._n though_o worldly_a power_n be_v stand_v 3_o because_o such_o a_o kingdom_n be_v signify_v by_o the_o stone_n as_o be_v represent_v by_o the_o great_a image_n for_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n take_v the_o place_n of_o the_o great_a image_n upon_o its_o dissolution_n but_o the_o kingdom_n or_o kingdom_n signify_v by_o the_o great_a image_n be_v not_o spiritual_a but_o outward_a therefore_o such_o must_v be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n 4_o because_o such_o a_o kingdom_n be_v here_o mean_v as_o must_v answer_v to_o daniel_n scope_n in_o his_o answer_n to_o the_o king_n dream_n but_o if_o this_o kingdom_n be_v spiritual_a only_o than_o daniel_n have_v miss_v the_o soup_n much_o for_o nebuchadnezar_n thought_n run_v of_o his_o monarchy_n according_a to_o which_o thought_n the_o dream_n be_v direct_v and_o daniel_n interpret_n it_o undertake_v to_o resolve_v he_o full_o for_o in_o a_o word_n as_o say_v mr._n huet_n who_o argument_n this_o be_v daniel_n intend_v two_o main_a point_n 1_o to_o comfort_n the_o jew_n in_o the_o loss_n of_o their_o kingdom_n and_o liberty_n show_v that_o after_o many_o change_v it_o shall_v be_v restore_v to_o they_o again_o 2_o to_o convince_v the_o king_n of_o his_o tyranny_n over_o they_o by_o which_o his_o three_o heir_n shall_v be_v nothing_o the_o warm_a another_o shall_v take_v it_o from_o he_o a_o three_o from_o he_o and_o a_o four_o from_o he_o which_o at_o length_n maugre_o all_o their_o despite_n shall_v be_v return_v to_o the_o jew_n in_o great_a glory_n than_o ever_o they_o lose_v it_o now_o whether_o the_o spiritual_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n do_v answer_v this_o scope_n or_o no_o i_o leave_v say_v he_o to_o the_o judgement_n of_o the_o godly_a wise_a 5_o because_o such_o a_o kingdom_n be_v here_o intend_a as_o be_v to_o be_v continue_v to_o the_o jew_n after_o once_o they_o shall_v be_v possess_v thereof_o without_o alteration_n so_o the_o text_n it_o shall_v not_o be_v give_v to_o another_o people_n i.e._n from_o daniel_n people_n but_o when_o christ_n come_v and_o bring_v his_o spiritual_a kingdom_n while_o to_o be_v mere_o spiritual_a he_o first_o preach_v the_o gospel_n to_o the_o lose_a sheep_n of_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n from_o who_o notwithstanding_o the_o gospel_n be_v take_v away_o and_o give_v to_o the_o gentile_n 6_o because_o the_o proper_a work_n of_o the_o stone_n to_o which_o it_o be_v appoint_v be_v to_o break_v in_o piece_n earthly_a kingdom_n vers_fw-la 44_o but_o christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n set_v up_o upon_o his_o first_o come_n be_v not_o appoint_v to_o any_o such_o end_n for_o than_o will_v not_o christ_n have_v command_v a_o subjection_n of_o the_o subject_n thereof_o to_o worldly_a power_n 7_o and_o last_o what_o prerogative_n and_o advancement_n have_v it_o be_v for_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n spiritual_n to_o have_v break_v down_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o other_o horn_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n so_o long_o as_o another_o kingdom_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o roman_n succeed_v in_o their_o place_n to_o beat_v down_o the_o church_n by_o the_o heathen_a emperor_n and_o antichrist_n for_o long_a space_n of_o time_n and_o with_o great_a and_o more_o terrible_a persecution_n then_o ever_o be_v before_o this_o opinion_n therefore_o can_v agree_v to_o daniel_n first_o vision_n of_o the_o great_a image_n second_o for_o daniel_n second_o vision_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n chap._n 7._o it_o no_o way_n agree_v to_o it_o for_o it_o can_v be_v that_o the_o four_o beast_n have_v ten_o horn_n vers_n 7._o shall_v be_v the_o house_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n or_o that_o the_o little_a horn_n vers_fw-la 8._o shall_v be_v antiochus_n epiphanes_n as_o this_o opinion_n hold_v i_o shall_v here_o oppose_v only_o the_o argument_n allege_v by_o mr._n parker_n from_o the_o learned_a graserus_n in_o answer_n to_o it_o as_o judge_v they_o sufficient_a though_o yet_o if_o need_v be_v there_o be_v more_o to_o be_v speak_v arg._n 1_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n belong_v to_o the_o three_o beast_n and_o be_v one_o of_o the_o four_o part_n into_o which_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n be_v divide_v after_o alexander_n death_n express_o represent_v in_o his_o four_o wing_n and_o four_o head_n vers_fw-la 6._o the_o truth_n of_o which_o interpretation_n will_v clear_o appear_v by_o compare_v with_o chap._n 8.8.22_o chap._n 11.4_o for_o the_o king_n of_o grecia_n be_v express_o distinguish_v from_o alexander_n as_o the_o whole_a from_o the_o part_n comprehend_v both_o he_o and_o the_o quadrupartite_a division_n among_o his_o successor_n chap._n 8.21_o 22._o therefore_o both_o he_o and_o the_o seleucidae_n with_o other_o his_o successor_n be_v include_v in_o the_o three_o beast_n and_o can_v be_v extend_v to_o the_o four_o 2_o because_o these_o four_o beast_n arise_v successive_o to_o subdue_v the_o world_n vers_fw-la 2_o 3._o but_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o other_o successor_n of_o alexander_n succeed_v into_o it_o already_o subdue_v by_o
5._o which_o horn_n be_v alexander_n the_o great_a so_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o second_o monarchy_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n be_v describe_v by_o a_o ram_n have_v two_o horn_n vers_n 3._o which_o two_o horn_n be_v interpret_v the_o king_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n vers_fw-la 20._o now_o as_o these_o two_o horn_n be_v both_o upon_o the_o ram_n together_o at_o the_o time_n of_o his_o push_v against_o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n for_o otherwise_o why_o be_v he_o describe_v as_o push_v with_o two_o horn_n so_o must_v we_o conceive_v that_o cyrus_n king_n of_o the_o persian_n and_o darius_n the_o mede_n with_o their_o unite_a strength_n do_v push_n against_o the_o babylonian_n and_o overthrow_v they_o do_v according_o until_o by_o darius_n death_n the_o monarchy_n fall_v to_o cyrus_n alone_a reign_v together_o 3_o it_o be_v foretell_v to_o belshazzar_n dan._n 5.28_o that_o his_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v divide_v betwixt_o the_o mede_n and_o the_o persian_n but_o in_o case_n the_o same_o have_v fall_v into_o the_o hand_n of_o darius_n the_o mede_n only_o then_o as_o i_o have_v observe_v before_o there_o have_v be_v no_o division_n of_o the_o kingdom_n for_o where_o one_o have_v all_o be_v no_o divide_v yea_o far_o if_o cyrus_n have_v have_v nothing_o to_o do_v with_o the_o monarchy_n till_o after_o darius_n death_n how_o then_o have_v belshazzar_n kingdom_n fall_v to_o he_o it_o have_v be_v darius_n his_o kingdom_n not_o belshazzar_n 4_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n foretell_v the_o ruin_n of_o babylon_n chap._n 21._o make_v mention_n of_o two_o nation_n as_o spoil_v of_o she_o which_o two_o nation_n be_v the._n mede_n and_o persian_n vers_fw-la 2._o a_o grievous_a vision_n be_v declare_v unto_o i_o the_o treacherous_a dealer_n deal_v treacherous_o the_o spoiler_n spoil_v go_v up_o o_o elam_n besiege_v o_o media_n now_o observe_v elam_n be_v that_o province_n in_o which_o shushan_n the_o royal_a city_n of_o persia_n stand_v dan._n 8.2_o i_o be_v at_o shushan_n which_o be_v in_o the_o province_n of_o elam_n by_o elam_n therefore_o the_o persian_n be_v mean_v as_o by_o medea_n the_o mede_n both_o which_o hand_n in_o hand_n march_v up_o besiege_v spoil_n babylon_n and_o therefore_o in_o the_o follow_a verse_n of_o this_o chapter_n the_o marcher_n up_o against_o babylon_n be_v describe_v by_o a_o double_a chariot_n a_o chariot_n of_o ass_n and_o a_o chariot_n of_o camel_n note_v the_o mede_n and_o persian_n which_o double_a chariot_n by_o virtue_n of_o that_o union_n and_o near_a conjunction_n that_o be_v now_o between_o they_o go_v both_o under_o the_o name_n of_o one_o and_o be_v call_v but_o one_o chariot_n because_o they_o march_v up_o together_o so_o unanimous_o against_o babylon_n as_o if_o they_o have_v be_v but_o one_o people_n and_o not_o two_o which_o one_o chariot_n be_v lead_v on_o by_o a_o couple_n of_o horseman_n excellent_o point_v out_o cyrus_n and_o darius_n the_o two_o head_n or_o leader_n of_o this_o army_n as_o vers_n 6._o for_o thus_o have_v the_o lord_n say_v unto_o i_o go_v set_v a_o watchman_n let_v he_o declare_v what_o he_o see_v vers_fw-la 7._o and_o he_o see_v a_o chariot_n with_o a_o couple_n of_o horseman_n a_o chariot_n of_o ass_n and_o a_o chariot_n of_o camel_n and_o he_o hearken_v diligent_o with_o much_o heed_n vers_fw-la 8._o and_o he_o cry_v a_o lion_n my_o lord_n i_o stand_v continual_o upon_o the_o watchtower_n in_o the_o day_n time_n and_o i_o be_o set_v in_o my_o ward_n whole_a night_n vers_fw-la 9_o and_o behold_v here_o come_v a_o chariot_n of_o man_n with_o a_o couple_n of_o horseman_n and_o he_o answer_v and_o say_v babylon_n be_v fall_v be_v fall_v and_o all_o the_o grave_a image_n of_o her_o god_n he_o have_v break_v unto_o the_o ground_n 5_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n the_o persian_a when_o the_o decree_n go_v forth_o for_o build_v the_o temple_n 2_o chron._n 36_o 22_o 23._o ezra_n 1.1_o 2._o be_v the_o very_a same_o year_n with_o that_o call_v the_o first_o of_o darius_n the_o mede_n dan._n 9.1_o chap._n 11.1_o for_o observe_v the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n the_o persian_a must_v be_v that_o very_a year_n that_o immediate_o succeed_v the_o end_n of_o the_o seventy_o year_n of_o captivity_n for_o otherwise_o israel_n deliverance_n be_v not_o till_o the_o first_o of_o cyrus_n the_o time_n of_o their_o captivity_n shall_v be_v upward_o of_o seventy_o year_n which_o be_v express_o against_o the_o prophecy_n jer._n 29.10_o thus_o say_v the_o lord_n that_o after_o seventy_o year_n be_v accomplish_v at_o babylon_n i_o will_v visit_v you_o and_o perform_v my_o good_a word_n towards_o you_o in_o cause_v you_o to_o return_v to_o this_o place_n now_o the_o first_o year_n of_o darius_n the_o mede_n be_v the_o same_o year_n as_o be_v clear_a because_o with_o the_o end_n of_o belshazzar_n reign_v from_o who_o darius_n the_o mede_n take_v the_o kingdom_n the_o time_n allot_v to_o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n which_o be_v seventy_o year_n from_o the_o time_n that_o israel_n be_v first_o captivate_v be_v now_o finish_v dan._n 5.26_o and_o also_o because_o this_o seem_v to_o be_v the_o very_a thing_n that_o set_v daniel_n upon_o prayer_n and_o fast_v dan._n 9.2_o 3._o the_o understanding_n by_o book_n in_o this_o first_o year_n of_o darin_n the_o mede_n that_o the_o seventy_o year_n be_v accomplish_v nay_o let_v i_o say_v it_o must_v needs_o be_v so_o that_o the_o seventy_o year_n do_v expire_v with_o the_o first_o year_n of_o darius_n the_o mede_n when_o babylon_n be_v take_v and_o so_o consequent_o darius_n first_o year_n and_o cyrus_n first_o but_o one_o and_o the_o same_o year_n because_o the_o forequoted_a prophecy_n jer._n 29._o be_v clear_a that_o after_o seventy_o year_n be_v expire_v israel_n shall_v return_v from_o babylon_n and_o jer._n 25.11_o 12._o speak_v it_o yet_o more_o clear_o that_o israel_n shall_v serve_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n but_o seventy_o year_n which_o so_o soon_o as_o accomplish_v god_n will_v punish_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n and_o deliver_v they_o whence_o i_o conclude_v that_o the_o seventy_o year_n be_v not_o to_o be_v extend_v any_o further_a than_o the_o time_n that_o israel_n do_v serve_v babylon_n and_o the_o time_n that_o babylon_n be_v punish_v of_o god_n but_o israel_n serve_v babylon_n no_o long_a than_o the_o first_o year_n of_o darius_n for_o with_o his_o take_v the_o kingdom_n as_o our_o former_a reason_n prove_v the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n end_v if_o we_o shall_v therefore_o suppose_v they_o in_o servitude_n afterward_o it_o must_v be_v to_o the_o mede_n not_o the_o babylontans_n and_o also_o babylon_n be_v sufficient_o punish_v of_o god_n when_o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n be_v translate_v to_o another_o people_n both_o which_o thing_n have_v their_o plenary_a accomplishment_n in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o darius_n the_o mede_n therefore_o with_o that_o year_n must_v the_o seventy_o year_n of_o necessity_n expire_v and_o if_o so_o then_o must_v the_o first_o year_n of_o darius_n the_o mede_n be_v also_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n the_o persian_a in_o which_o israel_n be_v set_v free_a for_o otherwise_o they_o have_v remain_v in_o captivity_n above_o seventy_o year_n if_o therefore_o the_o first_o year_n of_o darius_n the_o mede_n and_o the_o first_o of_o cyrus_n the_o persian_a be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o year_n then_o of_o necessity_n must_v their_o reign_n be_v together_o and_o therefore_o i_o take_v it_o that_o those_o word_n dan._n 6.28_o speak_v of_o darius_n and_o cyrus_n as_o co-reigners_a and_o not_o as_o reign_v successive_o one_o after_o the_o other_o unless_o we_o understand_v it_o only_o of_o the_o time_n that_o cyrus_n reign_v alone_o after_o darins_n death_n so_o this_o daniel_n prosper_v in_o the_o reign_n of_o darius_n and_o in_o the_o reign_n of_o cyrus_n the_o persian_a now_o the_o reason_n why_o daniel_n speak_v chief_o of_o darius_n the_o mede_n as_o if_o the_o roll_a power_n lie_v in_o his_o hand_n only_o seem_v to_o i_o to_o have_v be_v one_o of_o these_o two_o or_o both_o 1_o because_o darius_n the_o mede_n be_v age_a and_o of_o the_o two_o the_o great_a politician_n take_v up_o his_o abode_n babylon_n be_v take_v in_o the_o royal_a city_n of_o the_o empire_n manage_v the_o affair_n of_o state_n whilst_o cyrus_n who_o be_v the_o young_a and_o the_o brave_a soldier_n be_v in_o all_o likelihood_n yet_o in_o the_o field_n subdue_a and_o bring_v into_o subjection_n such_o country_n city_n and_o town_n as_o do_v yet_o stand_v in_o the_o way_n of_o his_o absolute_a monarchy_n hence_o daniel_n who_o employment_n lie_v in_o state_n affair_n have_v chief_o to_o do_v with_o darius_n make_v mention_n of_o he_o as_o though_o be_v alone_o have_v be_v king_n 2_o because_o darius_n the_o mede_n be_v much_o
in_o the_o word_n itself_o whatsoever_o may_v be_v in_o man_n interpretation_n thereof_o it_o necessary_o therefore_o follow_v because_o the_o word_n be_v to_o be_v understand_v literal_o as_o point_v to_o the_o jewish_a people_n and_o the_o place_n of_o their_o worship_n we_o have_v no_o other_o beginning_n that_o we_o shall_v begin_v with_o the_o second_o viz._n the_o complete_n of_o this_o work_n of_o temple-desolation_n which_o fall_v out_o in_o the_o time_n of_o julian_n so_o that_o to_o begin_v the_o one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o five_o day_n with_o julian_n have_v more_o approbation_n from_o scripture_n wave_v our_o harmony_n than_o any_o other_o opinion_n now_o the_o one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o five_o day_n be_v begin_v there_o our_o former_a argument_n for_o one_o hundred_o forty_o seven_o year_n betwixt_o the_o come_n out_o of_o babylon_n and_o nehemiahs_n time_n will_v appear_v good_a upon_o the_o gross_a sum_n for_o by_o this_o allowance_n the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o day_n will_v without_o it_o can_v end_n as_o yet_o they_o must_v with_o the_o one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o five_o that_o the_o greek_n and_o most_o chronologer_n that_o follow_v their_o account_n do_v compute_v the_o same_o number_n of_o year_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o cyrus_n first_o until_o the_o end_n of_o artaxerxes_n mnemons_n twenty_o can_v be_v look_v upon_o as_o a_o argument_n against_o we_o but_o if_o any_o thing_n it_o be_v rather_o a_o argument_n for_o we_o let_v we_o not_o because_o every_o man_n be_v a_o liar_n make_v the_o word_n of_o god_n which_o in_o this_o case_n speak_v enough_o for_o we_o though_o man_n have_v say_v nothing_o a_o liar_n too_o if_o the_o devil_n shall_v speak_v agreeable_a to_o this_o rule_n so_o far_o there_o be_v truth_n in_o he_o but_o if_o angel_n speak_v against_o it_o it_o be_v because_o there_o be_v no_o truth_n in_o they_o obj._n but_o daniel_n chap._n 11.1_o 2._o reckon_v but_o four_o king_n after_o cyrus_n to_o have_v reign_v in_o the_o whole_a persian_a monarchy_n until_o the_o time_n that_o the_o monarchy_n be_v translate_v to_o the_o greek_n and_o if_o so_o then_o may_v not_o this_o time_n which_o contain_v not_o the_o whole_a but_o a_o part_n of_o the_o time_n of_o that_o monarchy_n be_v count_v so_o long_o as_o one_o hundred_o forty_o seven_o year_n ans_fw-fr shall_v i_o grant_v the_o thing_n yet_o be_v it_o not_o impossible_a for_o if_o but_o four_o reign_v if_o we_o allow_v to_o the_o reign_n of_o each_o fifty_o year_n which_o be_v no_o thing_n miraculous_a the_o three_o first_o alone_n will_v exceed_v our_o time_n and_o the_o other_o reign_v add_v will_v go_v as_o far_o as_o any_o conceive_v the_o persian_a monarchy_n do_v last_o they_o that_o urge_v this_o must_v prove_v from_o scripture_n that_o these_o do_v not_o reign_v so_o long_o or_o they_o do_v nothing_o against_o our_o former_a argument_n which_o do_v strong_o infer_v till_o the_o contrary_n be_v prove_v that_o if_o betwixt_o cyrus_n and_o alexander_n but_o four_o do_v reign_v they_o must_v reign_v so_o long_o but_o second_o i_o do_v not_o grant_v the_o thing_n nor_o see_v the_o least_o show_n of_o reason_n from_o the_o text_n to_o recede_v from_o the_o account_n of_o the_o greek_n but_o rather_o to_o adhere_v to_o they_o the_o question_n be_v whether_o the_o four_o king_n there_o speak_v of_o be_v the_o last_o king_n of_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n yea_o or_o no_o ans_fw-fr daniel_n say_v not_o so_o nor_o will_v his_o word_n right_o interpret_v infer_v so_o much_o the_o word_n in_o daniel_n which_o be_v speak_v in_o the_o three_o year_n of_o cyrus_n as_o daniel_n 10.1_o be_v only_o these_o behold_v there_o shall_v stand_v up_o yet_o i._n e._n succeed_v cyrus_n who_o be_v present_a king_n when_o this_o be_v speak_v three_o king_n in_o persia_n and_o the_o four_o i._n e._n the_o king_n that_o shall_v succeed_v these_o three_o shall_v be_v far_o rich_a than_o they_o all_o and_o by_o his_o strength_n through_o his_o riches_n he_o shall_v stir_v up_o all_o against_o the_o realm_n of_o graecia_n here_o be_v not_o a_o word_n that_o the_o four_o shall_v be_v the_o last_o but_o that_o the_o four_o shall_v be_v rich_a than_o all_o the_o other_o and_o by_o his_o strength_n through_o his_o riches_n stir_v up_o all_o against_o the_o realm_n of_o graecia_n now_o how_o exact_o do_v this_o answer_n to_o what_o be_v record_v by_o the_o greek_a historian_n if_o we_o count_v the_o government_n of_o the_o magi_n to_o be_v one_o of_o the_o three_o first_o king_n that_o succeed_v cyrus_n for_o though_o they_o continue_v in_o the_o government_n but_o a_o little_a while_n for_o which_o cause_n some_o as_o i_o have_v say_v confound_v their_o reign_n with_o the_o reign_n of_o cambyses_n yet_o they_o be_v a_o head_n distinct_a the_o scripture_n which_o speak_v of_o thing_n distinct_o and_o as_o they_o be_v account_v they_o so_o not_o regard_v their_o short_a continuance_n now_o i_o say_v the_o magi_n be_v reckon_v one_o of_o these_o three_o how_o pat_o do_v daniel_n word_n answer_v to_o the_o report_n of_o the_o greek_n for_o cyrus_n they_o reckon_v as_o the_o first_o and_o the_o founder_n of_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n after_o he_o they_o reckon_v 1_o cambyses_n 2_o the_o magi._n 3_o darius_n hystaspes_n here_o be_v the_o three_o stand_v up_o after_o cyrus_n the_o four_o they_o mention_v who_o succeed_v darius_n hystaspes_n be_v xerxes_n the_o great_a who_o be_v famous_o know_v in_o the_o story_n of_o those_o ancient_a writer_n for_o two_o thing_n 1_o for_o his_o riches_n which_o his_o father_n darius_n hystaspes_n have_v hoard_a up_o and_o that_o in_o so_o great_a abundance_n that_o he_o be_v call_v the_o hoarder_n of_o the_o kingdom_n 2_o for_o his_o notable_a expedition_n against_o greece_n carry_v with_o he_o no_o less_o than_o a_o million_o of_o soldier_n some_o reckon_v they_o very_o many_o more_o almost_o two_o million_o which_o be_v transport_v over_o the_o sea_n with_o upward_o of_o five_o thousand_o galley_n and_o other_o vessel_n see_v sir_n walter_n rawleigh_v history_n of_o the_o world_n lib._n 3._o cap._n 6._o sect._n 1_o these_o two_o thing_n which_o xerxes_n who_o according_a to_o the_o greek_n be_v the_o four_o king_n after_o cyrus_n be_v so_o famous_a for_o be_v the_o very_a thing_n point_v at_o by_o daniel_n as_o 1._o that_o the_o four_o king_n shall_v be_v far_o rich_a than_o they_o all_o i._n e._n than_o all_o his_o predecessor_n 2._o that_o by_o his_o strength_n through_o his_o riches_n he_o shall_v stir_v up_o all_o against_o the_o realm_n of_o graecia_n obj._n but_o though_o daniel_n do_v not_o call_v the_o four_o king_n after_o cyrus_n the_o last_o of_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n yet_o the_o follow_a word_n infer_v little_a less_o for_o the_o very_a next_o that_o we_o read_v of_o after_o this_o four_o king_n be_v alexander_n the_o great_a vers_n 3._o and_o a_o mighty_a king_n shall_v stand_v up_o that_o shall_v rule_v with_o great_a dominion_n and_o do_v according_a to_o his_o will_n these_o word_n can_v be_v understand_v of_o none_o but_o alexander_n the_o great_a as_o the_o follow_a verse_n make_v appear_v and_o when_o he_o shall_v stand_v up_o his_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v break_v so_o be_v alexander_n by_o his_o sudden_a death_n and_o shall_v be_v divide_v towards_o the_o four_o wind_n of_o heaven_n and_o not_o to_o his_o posterity_n thus_o be_v alexander_n who_o die_v without_o issue_n his_o kingdom_n be_v divide_v betwixt_o his_o four_o chief_a captain_n nor_o according_a to_o his_o dominion_n which_o he_o rule_v i._n e._n none_o of_o alexander_n captain_n be_v so_o potent_a as_o he_o which_o word_n agree_v exact_o to_o those_o dan._n 8._o vers_fw-la 8_o 21_o 22._o where_o we_o have_v the_o very_a same_o description_n of_o alexander_n ans_fw-fr i_o grant_v it_o that_o alexander_n be_v here_o mean_v yet_o do_v it_o not_o therefore_o follow_v that_o the_o four_o king_n before_o mention_v must_v be_v the_o last_o of_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n unless_o it_o can_v be_v prove_v that_o daniel_n enumeration_n of_o king_n respect_v the_o whole_a monarchy_n of_o the_o persian_n so_o as_o not_o one_o king_n more_o reign_v in_o that_o monarchy_n than_o be_v there_o mention_v which_o i_o be_o sure_a can_v be_v do_v from_o scripture_n the_o story_n of_o ezra_n will_v not_o at_o all_o help_n it_o till_o they_o have_v prove_v the_o same_o of_o that_o also_o viz._n that_o it_o be_v a_o perfect_a chronicle_n and_o have_v give_v we_o a_o perfect_a enumeration_n of_o the_o persian_a monarch_n which_o be_v a_o thing_n as_o i_o have_v former_o observe_v not_o in_o the_o least_o intend_a in_o those_o book_n but_o rather_o to_o put_v the_o matter_n out_o of_o all_o doubt_n the_o
of_o all_o be_v that_o as_o those_o character_n of_o truth_n leave_v we_o in_o the_o naked_a letter_n of_o the_o text_n be_v the_o most_o certain_a rule_n to_o go_v by_o to_o find_v the_o mind_n of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n in_o prophecy_n so_o walk_v by_o that_o rule_n daniel_n little_a horn_n be_v and_o can_v be_v no_o other_o but_z the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o romish_a antichrist_n a_o particular_a clause_n in_o our_o discourse_n about_o the_o time_n open_v it_o have_v be_v say_v in_o the_o close_a of_o my_o foregoing_a discourse_n about_o the_o time_n that_o it_o can_v be_v determine_v from_o scripture_n whether_o the_o present_a year_n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o four_o or_o though_o approach_a year_n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o six_o be_v the_o last_o of_o the_o beast_n reign_v and_o the_o witness_n wear_v sackcloth_n the_o ground_n of_o this_o uncertainty_n lie_v in_o the_o doubtfulness_n of_o the_o year_n of_o our_o saviour_n birth_n which_o although_o the_o scripture_n tell_v we_o it_o be_v in_o the_o day_n of_o augustus_n gaesar_n yet_o in_o regard_n it_o have_v not_o tell_v we_o how_o long_o the_o say_a augustus_n caesar_n reign_v therefore_o the_o doubt_n remain_v nor_o will_v human_a record_n help_v we_o herein_o because_o they_o be_v divide_v within_o themselves_o and_o differ_v some_o from_o other_o a_o year_n or_o two_o as_o touch_v the_o number_n of_o the_o year_n the_o say_v augustus_n reign_v two_o opinion_n there_o be_v about_o the_o time_n of_o christ_n birth_n the_o one_o fix_v it_o two_o year_n high_o the_o other_o two_o year_n low_o the_o vulgar_a account_n which_o we_o have_v follow_v because_o the_o most_o know_v and_o the_o common_a date_n incline_v to_o the_o latter_a the_o account_n of_o scaliger_n which_o be_v own_v by_o other_o modern_a chronologer_n as_o calvisius_n alstedius_n helvicus_n etc._n etc._n choose_v the_o former_a the_o difference_n betwixt_o these_o can_v be_v determine_v by_o scripture_n nor_o can_v it_o be_v certain_o make_v appear_v till_o the_o event_n have_v decide_v it_o which_o be_v the_o truth_n our_o proof_n from_o scripture_n be_v firm_a and_o good_a that_o the_o year_n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o six_o from_o the_o birth_n of_o christ_n must_v necessary_o be_v the_o last_o year_n of_o the_o beast_n reign_v and_o the_o witness_n wear_v sackcloth_n this_o be_v demonstrable_a from_o the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o day_n for_o since_o that_o with_o the_o year_n of_o christ_n passion_n which_o be_v anno_fw-la dom._n thirty_o four_o six_o hundred_o thirty_o three_o of_o daniel_n two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o year_n be_v expire_v as_o i_o have_v prove_v it_o therefore_o follow_v that_o from_o that_o year_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n be_v to_o be_v reckon_v but_o one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o sixty_o seven_o year_n more_o which_o one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o sixty_o seven_o year_n be_v add_v to_o the_o former_a number_n six_o hundred_o thirty_o three_o as_o they_o make_v up_o the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o year_n which_o be_v the_o utmost_a date_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n complete_a so_o do_v they_o also_o make_v the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o year_n to_o expire_v with_o the_o year_n from_o christ_n birth_n one_o thousand_o seven_o hundred_o and_o one_o for_o add_v one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o sixty_o seven_o to_o thirty_o four_o the_o year_n in_o which_o christ_n suffer_v and_o we_o have_v the_o aforesaid_a sum_n now_o in_o regard_n the_o end_n of_o the_o beast_n reign_v and_o the_o witness_n wear_v sackcloth_n fall_v forty_o five_o year_n before_o the_o final_a destruction_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n it_o therefore_o follow_v the_o date_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n expire_a in_o the_o year_n one_o thousand_o seven_o hundred_o and_o one_o from_o christ_n birth_n that_o the_o end_n of_o the_o beast_n reign_v and_o the_o witness_n wear_v sackcloth_n which_o be_v to_o be_v fix_v forty_o five_o year_n above_o the_o other_o must_v of_o necessity_n expire_v with_o the_o end_n of_o the_o year_n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o six_o from_o the_o birth_n of_o christ_n but_o now_o because_o the_o time_n of_o christ_n birth_n be_v as_o to_o the_o year_n doubtful_a therefore_o i_o say_v can_v it_o not_o be_v determine_v what_o year_n we_o be_v to_o pitch_v upon_o as_o the_o year_n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o six_o from_o the_o birth_n of_o christ_n if_o the_o account_n of_o scaliger_n which_o ascend_v two_o year_n above_o the_o vulgar_a be_v the_o truth_n then_o of_o necessity_n in_o case_n year_n since_o christ_n in_o the_o count_a have_v not_o be_v lose_v as_o it_o be_v a_o thing_n very_o improbable_a any_o shall_v upon_o the_o reason_n we_o have_v give_v in_o the_o precedent_a discourse_n must_v this_o present_a year_n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o four_o be_v the_o last_o of_o the_o beast_n reign_v and_o the_o witness_n wear_v sackcloth_n for_o in_o case_n christ_n birth_n be_v to_o be_v fix_v two_o year_n high_o than_o the_o begin_n of_o our_o vulgar_a account_n it_o will_v follow_v that_o the_o year_n which_o we_o follow_v the_o vulgar_a account_n call_v the_o year_n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o four_o aught_o to_o be_v account_v and_o real_o be_v from_o christ_n birth_n the_o year_n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o six_o and_o if_o so_o then_o will_v the_o next_o year_n after_o this_o be_v the_o year_n in_o which_o the_o german_a witness_n and_o the_o saint_n elsewhere_o shall_v put_v off_o their_o sackcloth_n and_o be_v no_o long_o subject_n to_o the_o tyranny_n of_o the_o beast_n but_o if_o the_o vulgar_a account_n be_v true_a then_o will_v the_o year_n we_o common_o call_v fifty_o six_o be_v the_o last_o year_n of_o the_o beast_n tyranny_n and_o the_o witness_n wear_v sackcloth_n and_o consequent_o with_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o year_n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o seven_o must_v we_o expect_v the_o bless_a day_n of_o the_o saint_n put_v off_o their_o sackcloth_n and_o lead_v into_o captivity_n that_o beast_n that_o for_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o year_n together_o have_v captivate_v they_o this_o be_v a_o question_n of_o great_a moment_n which_o make_v a_o variance_n two_o year_n throughout_o all_o our_o account_n and_o withal_o not_o be_v as_o i_o judge_v determinable_a by_o scripture_n unless_o as_o i_o have_v say_v it_o can_v be_v prove_v how_o many_o year_n augustus_n caesar_n reign_v which_o in_o case_n it_o can_v be_v do_v then_o indeed_o john_n beginning_n to_o preach_v in_o the_o fifteen_o year_n of_o tiberius_n luke_n 3.1_o will_v somewhat_o help_v we_o i_o think_v good_a have_v but_o hint_v it_o before_o to_o give_v here_o in_o our_o close_n the_o true_a and_o full_a state_n thereof_o leave_v the_o two_o different_a account_n to_o the_o reader_n consideration_n and_o the_o certain_a determination_n of_o the_o thing_n itself_o to_o the_o event_n only_o add_v that_o although_o in_o my_o account_n of_o time_n i_o have_v walk_v by_o the_o vulgar_a reckon_n as_o that_o which_o be_v to_o person_n general_o best_o know_v yet_o have_v i_o not_o do_v it_o from_o any_o such_o light_n as_o persuade_v i_o that_o the_o vulgar_a account_n be_v to_o be_v choose_v and_o adhere_v unto_o rather_o than_o the_o other_o therefore_o have_v show_v where_o this_o knot_n lie_v i_o leave_v it_o to_o time_n and_o divine_a providence_n to_o untie_v a_o few_o day_n will_v resolve_v this_o question_n and_o many_o more_o finis_fw-la a_o appendix_n wherein_o be_v contain_v 1_o some_o conclusion_n as_o touch_v christ_n kingdom_n and_o the_o general_a design_n scope_n and_o method_n of_o daniel_n prophecy_n 2_o a_o general_n rule_n for_o the_o right_a understanding_n of_o prophecy_n together_o with_o a_o more_o full_a unfolding_n the_o great_a mystery_n of_o daniel_n little_n horn._n 3_o a_o explication_n of_o a_o particular_a clause_n in_o the_o foregoing_a discourse_n about_o the_o time_n by_o j._n t._n print_a at_o london_n by_o r._n i._n for_o l._n chapman_n dwell_v at_o the_o sign_n of_o the_o crown_n in_o popes-head_n alley_n 1654._o a_o few_o conclusion_n touch_v christ_n kingdom_n and_o the_o general_a scope_n and_o method_n of_o daniel_n prophecy_n i._o that_o christ_n shall_v have_v a_o outward_a visible_a kingdom_n in_o which_o as_o king_n of_o king_n he_o shall_v be_v exalt_v be_v the_o promise_n of_o the_o father_n ancient_o make_v to_o christ_n gen._n 49.10_o 11._o compare_v with_o isa_n 63.1_o 2_o 3._o revel_v 19.15_o 16._o numb_a 24.17_o 18_o 19_o so_o rom._n 4.13_o compare_v with_o gal._n 3.16_o and_o be_v that_o thing_n of_o which_o all_o the_o prophet_n have_v speak_v ii_o a_o type_n of_o this_o kingdom_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o
house_n of_o david_n erect_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o god_n peculiar_a in_o time_n of_o old_a and_o bear_v rule_n over_o the_o nation_n about_o it_o hence_o christ_n as_o king_n go_v frequent_o under_o the_o name_n of_o david_n ezek._n 34.23_o 24._o chap._n 37.24_o 25._o hos_fw-la 3.5_o iii_o this_o kingdom_n become_v in_o time_n subject_v by_o nabuchadnezzar_n and_o after_o that_o whole_o remove_v the_o sceptre_n be_v take_v away_o by_o the_o roman_n at_o the_o time_n of_o christ_n first_o come_v so_o that_o from_o nebuchadnezar_n time_n until_o this_o day_n no_o outward_a visible_a kingdom_n which_o may_v be_v call_v christ_n have_v be_v in_o the_o world_n iv_o yet_o a_o outward_a visible_a kingdom_n christ_n shall_v have_v else_o can_v not_o the_o promise_n have_v its_o fulfil_n nor_o the_o type_n its_o anti-type_n v._o but_o yet_o as_o david_n kingdom_n the_o type_n be_v very_o little_a in_o its_o beginning_n and_o afterward_o become_v a_o monarchy_n bear_v rule_n over_o the_o nation_n about_o it_o so_o do_v this_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n begin_v as_o a_o stone_n afterward_o become_v a_o mountain_n vi_o further_o as_o david_n kingdom_n go_v to_o decay_v before_o christ_n first_o come_v its_o absolute_a sovereignty_n be_v take_v away_o by_o nabuchadnezzar_n yet_o have_v not_o the_o sceptre_n whole_o remove_v until_o the_o time_n of_o his_o come_n so_o do_v this_o kingdom_n begin_v to_o recover_v as_o it_o be_v the_o stone_n before_o christ_n second_o come_v therefore_o say_v to_o be_v set_v up_o in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o ten_o king_n dan._n 2.44_o yet_o shall_v it_o not_o be_v complete_o a_o great_a mountain_n or_o a_o monarchy_n bear_v rule_n over_o all_o the_o earth_n until_o this_o come_n vii_o yet_o as_o god_n be_v swift_a to_o take_v vengeance_n for_o his_o people_n but_o slow_a to_o take_v vengeance_n upon_o they_o so_o when_o god_n come_v to_o recover_v this_o outward_a kingdom_n by_o break_v in_o piece_n all_o worldly_a power_n that_o now_o possess_v it_o the_o time_n betwixt_o the_o beginning_n of_o this_o work_n which_o begin_v with_o the_o time_n where_o the_o stone_n begin_v to_o smite_v and_o the_o complete_n of_o it_o be_v by_o the_o determinate_a counsel_n of_o god_n much_o short_a than_o be_v the_o time_n betwixt_o the_o subject_n and_o total_a remove_n of_o that_o forego_n outward_a kingdom_n which_o be_v the_o type_n of_o this_o viii_o as_o the_o people_n of_o god_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o old_a and_o new_a testament_n both_o do_v and_o do_v by_o faith_n expect_v this_o kingdom_n and_o shall_v according_o when_o the_o same_o shall_v be_v set_v up_o be_v joynt-heir_n and_o inheritor_n thereof_o so_o have_v god_n give_v we_o perfect_a assurance_n of_o it_o and_o how_o and_o when_o the_o same_o shall_v be_v erect_v and_o what_o shall_v befall_v the_o people_n of_o the_o old_a testament_n and_o of_o the_o new_a also_o throughout_o all_o age_n till_o the_o erect_n of_o it_o and_o that_o out_o of_o the_o mouth_n of_o two_o infallible_a witness_n viz._n daniel_n a_o prophet_n of_o the_o old_a testament_n and_o john_n a_o apostle_n of_o the_o new_a ix_o the_o scope_n of_o daniel_n prophecy_n which_o begin_v some_z with_o some_o sudden_o after_o the_o time_n where_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o type_n be_v subject_v and_o terminate_v with_o the_o complete_a set_v up_o of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o anti-type_n be_v to_o give_v full_a assurance_n of_o the_o thing_n itself_o viz._n that_o this_o kingdom_n which_o for_o many_o age_n together_o before_o daniel_n time_n have_v have_v be_v in_o the_o type_n shall_v also_o after_o many_o day_n have_v be_v in_o the_o anti-type_n and_o also_o to_o give_v certain_a knowledge_n that_o thereby_o the_o faith_n of_o god_n people_n throughout_o this_o long_a time_n may_v be_v the_o better_o bear_v up_o in_o a_o patient_a expectation_n of_o this_o kingdom_n how_o and_o by_o who_o the_o sceptre_n of_o the_o world_n shall_v be_v sway_v from_o that_o day_n in_o which_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o house_n of_o david_n be_v subject_v until_o the_o time_n the_o same_o shall_v be_v restore_v with_o great_a power_n and_o glory_n and_o more_o dominion_n than_o ever_o before_o it_o have_v under_o christ_n the_o true_a david_n and_o for_o this_o reason_n it_o be_v that_o daniel_n take_v notice_n of_o no_o worldly_a monarch_n before_o nabuchadnezzar_n by_o and_o under_o who_o david_n kingdom_n be_v subject_v x._o as_o this_o outward_a visible_a kingdom_n throughout_o this_o long_a period_n be_v by_o divine_a appointment_n to_o fall_v into_o the_o hand_n of_o four_o great_a monarchy_n viz._n 1_o the_o babylonian_n 2_o mede_n and_o persian_n 3_o grecian_n 4_o romans_z which_o one_o after_o the_o other_o shall_v possess_v the_o kingdom_n and_o bear_v rule_n over_o all_o the_o earth_n till_o in_o the_o end_n that_o ruler_n shall_v come_v who_o go_n out_o have_v be_v from_o everlasting_a and_o who_o right_a by_o purchase_n promise_v and_o donation_n of_o the_o father_n the_o kingdom_n be_v and_o take_v the_o same_o from_o the_o last_o of_o these_o into_o his_o own_o hand_n so_o answerable_o in_o the_o book_n of_o daniel_n we_o have_v in_o four_o prophecy_n his_o seventy_o week_n except_v which_o treat_v of_o another_o thing_n these_o describe_v the_o time_n of_o their_o reign_n determine_v and_o their_o final_a ruin_n and_o therewith_o the_o revolution_n of_o the_o kingdom_n into_o the_o hand_n of_o christ_n and_o his_o saint_n foretold_v xi_o the_o fourfold_a repetition_n of_o the_o same_o thing_n or_o the_o speak_n of_o the_o same_o thing_n over_o in_o four_o prophecy_n be_v to_o the_o end_n daniel_n may_v have_v light_n let_v in_o by_o degree_n as_o he_o be_v able_a to_o bear_v it_o and_o also_o that_o it_o may_v be_v set_v home_n more_o strong_o upon_o his_o heart_n and_o the_o heart_n of_o god_n people_n in_o general_n to_o who_o these_o glorious_a discovery_n be_v make_v that_o the_o thing_n themselves_o be_v establish_v by_o god_n and_o shall_v most_o certain_o be_v fulfil_v in_o their_o season_n gen._n 41.32_o xii_o the_o prophecy_n themselves_o be_v 1_o that_o of_o the_o great_a image_n chap._n 2._o 2_o that_o of_o the_o four_o beast_n chap._n 7._o 3_o that_o of_o the_o ram_n hee-goat_n and_o little_a horn_n chap._n 8._o last_o of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n and_o king_n of_o the_o south_n chap._n 11._o the_o matter_n contain_v in_o the_o three_o first_o of_o these_o be_v represent_v to_o daniel_n by_o way_n of_o vision_n in_o the_o last_o by_o lively_a voice_n xiii_o the_o two_o first_o of_o these_o viz._n that_o of_o the_o great_a image_n and_o that_o of_o the_o four_o beast_n comprehend_v within_o they_o all_o the_o four_o monarchy_n the_o two_o last_o the_o three_o last_v only_o the_o reason_n whereof_o be_v because_o daniel_n have_v not_o his_o two_o last_o vision_n till_o the_o expiration_n of_o the_o first_o or_o babylonian_a monarchy_n now_o prophecy_n be_v not_o of_o thing_n past_a but_o to_o come_v therefore_o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n be_v pass_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o two_o last_o vision_n no_o mention_n at_o all_o be_v make_v in_o they_o of_o that_o monarchy_n fourteen_o the_o succession_n of_o these_o four_o monarchy_n be_v excellent_o set_v forth_o in_o that_o golden_a method_n and_o order_n that_o be_v observe_v in_o each_o of_o the_o aforesaid_a prophecy_n the_o description_n of_o they_o in_o that_o wonderful_a suitablenesse_n and_o harmony_n that_o be_v in_o the_o matter_n xv._o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n be_v the_o first_o to_o which_o the_o image_n head_n of_o fine_a gold_n dan._n 2.32_o compare_v with_o 37_o 38._o and_o that_o first_o beast_n chap._n 7.4_o do_v relate_v xvi_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n succeed_v the_o babylonian_a to_o who_o monarchy_n belong_v the_o silver_n breast_n and_o arm_n of_o the_o great_a image_n chap._n 2.32_o the_o second_o beast_n chap._n 7.5_o the_o ram_n with_o two_o horn_n chap._n 8.3_o 4_o compare_v with_o vers_n 20._o and_o what_o by_o lively_a voice_n be_v speak_v to_o daniel_n chap._n 11._o vers_fw-la 1_o 2._o xvii_o the_o two_o arm_n join_v to_o one_o breast_n which_o be_v the_o persian_a resemblance_n chap._n 2._o and_o the_o two_o horn_n grow_v upon_o one_o head_n which_o be_v their_o resemblance_n chap._n 8._o be_v a_o most_o lively_a emblem_n of_o two_o powerful_a nation_n viz._n mede_n and_o persian_n either_o of_o which_o have_v a_o arm_n &_o a_o horn_n of_o strength_n unite_n into_o one_o to_o make_v a_o monarchy_n xviii_o the_o three_o monarchy_n be_v of_o the_o grecian_n which_o be_v consider_v in_o daniel_n first_o as_o unite_z in_o one_o second_o as_o divide_v and_o break_v xix_o to_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n in_o its_o unite_a state_n do_v belong_v that_o devour_a belly_n which_o gather_v all_o to_o itself_o
chap._n 2.32_o that_o three_o beast_n consider_v as_o wing_v and_o swift_a in_o motion_n dan._n 7.6_o which_o swiftness_n of_o march_n be_v note_v as_o peculiar_a to_o alexander_n dan._n 8.5_o and_o be_v here_o excellent_o set_v forth_o by_o give_v four_o wing_n i._n e._n two_o pair_n of_o wing_n to_o this_o beast_n note_v his_o swift_a march_n and_o speedy_a conquest_n the_o great_a and_o notable_a horn_n of_o the_o rough_a goat_n dan._n 8.5_o compare_v with_o vers_n 21._o and_o what_o be_v speak_v to_o daniel_n of_o that_o mighty_a king_n dan._n 11.3_o xx._n the_o divide_a state_n of_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n be_v set_v forth_o by_o the_o thigh_n of_o the_o great_a image_n dan._n 2.32_o the_o four_o head_n of_o the_o three_o beast_n dan._n 7.6_o the_o four_o horn_n of_o the_o he-goat_n come_v up_o in_o the_o room_n of_o the_o great_a horn_n dan._n 8.8_o with_o vers_n 22._o and_o what_o by_o voice_n be_v deliver_v to_o daniel_n chap._n 11._o ver_fw-la 4_o 5_o etc._n etc._n to_o ver_fw-la 14._o xxi_o the_o four_o and_o last_o monarchy_n be_v of_o the_o roman_n which_o monarchy_n in_o either_o prophecy_n be_v set_v forth_o in_o its_o twofold_a state_n first_o its_o state_n before_o antichrist_n rise_v second_o its_o state_n afterward_o the_o one_o i_o have_v former_o call_v its_o pure_a civil_a state_n the_o other_o it_o be_v mix_v state_n xxii_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n in_o its_o first_o state_n wherein_o it_o chief_o attend_v to_o the_o work_n of_o conquer_a and_o subdue_a nation_n be_v set_v forth_o by_o the_o iron_n leg_n of_o the_o great_a image_n dan._n 2.33_o which_o iron-legged_n kingdom_n or_o rather_o this_o four_o kingdom_n consider_v as_o iron-legged_n be_v say_v to_o break_v in_o piece_n and_o subdue_v all_o thing_n vers_fw-la 40._o by_o the_o four_o beast_n dan._n 7.7_o but_o yet_o consider_v only_o as_o a_o warlike_a beast_n most_o dreadful_a and_o terrible_a to_o the_o nation_n devour_v the_o whole_a earth_n tread_v it_o down_o and_o break_v it_o in_o piece_n vers_fw-la 23._o by_o the_o little_a horn_n consider_v in_o its_o first_o wax_v great_a dan._n 8.9_o by_o which_o wax_v it_o become_v exceed_o great_a push_v down_o all_o stand_n in_o its_o way_n towards_o the_o south_n and_o towards_o the_o west_n and_o towards_o the_o pleasant_a land_n and_o by_o what_o be_v speak_v to_o daniel_n of_o the_o conquest_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n vers_fw-la 14._o to_o 21._o xxiii_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n in_o its_o second_o state_n wherein_o the_o work_n it_o principal_o attend_v to_o be_v oppress_v the_o nation_n subdue_v already_o persecute_v the_o saint_n tread_v underfoot_n the_o holy_a city_n be_v set_v forth_o by_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o great_a image_n of_o iron_n and_o clay_n dan._n 2.33_o by_o the_o little_a horn_n cha._n 7._o by_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o its_o second_o wax_a great_a chap._n 8.10_o 11_o 12_o 24_o 25._o by_o the_o vile_a person_n or_o that_o proud_a king_n chap._n 11._o who_o description_n we_o have_v at_o large_a vers_n 21._o to_o vers_n 40._o and_o afterward_o go_v under_o the_o title_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n ver_fw-la 40._o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n xxiv_o all_o the_o aforesaid_a prophecy_n though_o their_o beginning_n be_v different_a yet_o have_v they_o but_o one_o and_o the_o same_o general_a end_n xxv_o this_o end_n be_v the_o final_a dissolution_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n and_o the_o establishment_n of_o the_o five_o contemporary_a with_o both_o which_o be_v the_o personal_a appearance_n of_o christ_n xxvi_o the_o two_o last_o prophecy_n conclude_v with_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n the_o two_o first_o with_o the_o greatness_n and_o glory_n of_o the_o five_o yet_o be_v not_o for_o this_o reason_n their_o end_n different_a because_o though_o the_o thing_n themselves_o be_v two_o yet_o both_o shall_v be_v perform_v by_o that_o one_o act_n of_o christ_n personal_a appearance_n it_o be_v the_o appearance_n of_o christ_n that_o destroy_v the_o four_o monarchy_n establish_v the_o five_o xxvii_o the_o admirable_a harmony_n in_o every_o title_n betwixt_o these_o so_o ancient_a prophecy_n and_o the_o event_n or_o betwixt_o the_o thing_n foretold_v so_o many_o age_n ago_o and_o the_o thing_n transact_v in_o the_o age_n since_o be_v a_o strong_a and_o convince_a argument_n of_o the_o infallibility_n of_o the_o prophecy_n themselves_o and_o of_o the_o certainty_n of_o the_o performance_n of_o the_o thing_n yet_o to_o be_v accomplish_v xxviii_o the_o glorious_a work_n of_o set_v up_o christ_n outward_a visible_a kingdom_n which_o be_v the_o thing_n point_v at_o in_o all_o the_o foregoing_a prophecy_n be_v the_o great_a work_n of_o the_o present_a age_n and_o time_n we_o live_v in_o xxix_o the_o mystical_a number_n of_o daniel_n and_o john_n both_o which_o direct_v we_o to_o the_o time_n in_o which_o this_o kingdom_n be_v to_o be_v set_v up_o all_o which_o expire_v as_o the_o foregoing_a discourse_n prove_v within_o the_o compass_n of_o this_o age_n the_o visible_a dispensation_n of_o god_n which_o in_o our_o day_n have_v be_v very_o wonderful_a all_o tend_v to_o such_o a_o thing_n the_o cry_n of_o saint_n and_o their_o faith_n and_o expectation_n general_o look_v this_o way_n the_o opposition_n of_o the_o devil_n and_o the_o world_n against_o and_o the_o malignity_n of_o man_n of_o worldly_a principle_n unto_o this_o glorious_a truth_n and_o bless_a work_n do_v all_o speak_v that_o we_o be_v come_v to_o the_o dawn_n of_o that_o day_n in_o which_o christ_n will_v in_o despite_n of_o satan_n and_o the_o world_n rage_n and_o all_o the_o carnal_a policy_n of_o man_n of_o earthly_a principle_n establish_v his_o own_o kingdom_n xxx_o the_o former_a be_v true_a it_o be_v in_o its_o self_n no_o strange_a thing_n nor_o aught_o to_o be_v matter_n of_o stumble_v or_o offence_n to_o any_o that_o the_o witness_n of_o christ_n in_o this_o our_o day_n direct_v their_o testimony_n against_o civil_a power_n as_o they_o be_v in_o their_o present_a constitution_n bear_v forth_o evident_o the_o excellent_a brightness_n and_o the_o terrible_a form_n of_o the_o great_a image_n dan._n 2.31_o which_o yet_o saint_n of_o formet_fw-la age_n subject_v themselves_o unto_o and_o never_o meddle_v with_o because_o the_o case_n with_o they_o and_o we_o be_v vast_o different_a they_o live_v within_o the_o compass_n of_o that_o time_n in_o which_o the_o great_a image_n be_v to_o stand_v the_o world_n and_o worldly_a power_n be_v to_o bear_v rule_n which_o that_o they_o may_v do_v till_o their_o day_n shall_v come_v to_o a_o end_n it_o be_v necessary_a that_o saint_n in_o all_o age_n heretofore_o shall_v subject_v themselves_o to_o they_o and_o never_o bear_v a_o testimony_n simple_o and_o direct_o against_o civil_a power_n of_o a_o worldly_a constitution_n nor_o indeed_o can_v it_o be_v any_o part_n of_o their_o testimony_n because_o god_n have_v set_v a_o time_n how_o long_o worldly_a power_n shall_v continue_v it_o behoove_v not_o they_o to_o attempt_v before_o the_o time_n to_o take_v from_o the_o world_n what_o by_o divine_a permission_n for_o such_o a_o time_n be_v allot_v they_o but_o now_o the_o case_n be_v otherwise_o for_o we_o be_v come_v to_o the_o begin_n of_o that_o day_n in_o which_o the_o great_a image_n must_v be_v smite_v till_o the_o same_o be_v crumble_v to_o dust_n and_o final_o carry_v away_o with_o the_o wind_n of_o god_n wrath_n and_o that_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n which_o before_o the_o great_a image_n do_v hold_v as_o it_o be_v by_o right_n to_o be_v translate_v and_o give_v to_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a as_o every_o work_n of_o god_n must_v have_v light_n for_o its_o basis_n because_o god_n lead_v his_o people_n to_o the_o execution_n of_o his_o will_n not_o blindfold_a but_o by_o light_n therefore_o of_o necessity_n must_v the_o witness_n of_o christ_n in_o this_o age_n bear_v forth_o such_o a_o testimony_n of_o truth_n as_o may_v lay_v a_o foundation_n in_o the_o heart_n of_o god_n people_n for_o such_o a_o work_n and_o indeed_o as_o the_o work_n that_o god_n be_v now_o about_o to_o do_v be_v a_o new_a thing_n in_o the_o world_n viz._n the_o regain_n that_o kingdom_n which_o have_v be_v in_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o world_n for_o now_o upward_o of_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o year_n viz._n ever_o since_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o seventy_o year_n captivity_n in_o babylon_n so_o by_o the_o same_o reason_n that_o truth_n which_o must_v be_v lay_v as_o foundation_n to_o this_o work_n can_v be_v no_o other_o but_o a_o new_a thing_n in_o the_o world_n it_o be_v therefore_o no_o argument_n against_o the_o truth_n of_o christ_n visible_a kingdom_n that_o saint_n our_o predecessor_n in_o the_o age_n before_o we_o meddle_v not_o with_o
knowledge_n of_o the_o time_n or_o the_o resolution_n of_o the_o question_n how_o long_o it_o shall_v be_v unto_o the_o end_n of_o wonder_n by_o john_n tillinghast_n a_o servant_n of_o jesus_n christ_n dan._n 12._o verse_n 8_o then_o i_o say_v o_o my_o lord_n what_o shall_v be_v the_o end_n of_o these_o thing_n verse_n 9_o and_o he_o say_v unto_o i_o go_v thy_o way_n daniel_n for_o the_o word_n be_v close_v up_o and_o seal_v till_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n verse_n 10._o many_o shall_v be_v purify_v and_o make_v white_a and_o try_v but_o the_o wicked_a shall_v do_v wicked_o and_o none_o of_o the_o wicked_a shall_v understand_v but_o the_o wise_a shall_v understand_v chap._n 7.21_o i_o behold_v and_o the_o same_o horn_n make_v war_n with_o the_o saint_n and_o prevail_v against_o they_o verse_n 22._o until_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n come_v and_o judgement_n be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a and_o the_o time_n come_v that_o the_o saint_n possess_v the_o kingdom_n print_a at_o london_n by_o r._n i._n for_o l._n chapman_n and_o be_v to_o be_v sell_v at_o the_o sign_n of_o the_o crown_n in_o popes-head_n alley_n 1654._o knowledge_n of_o the_o time_n to_o the_o faithful_a witness_n of_o christ_n within_o the_o commonwealth_n of_o england_n scotland_n and_o ireland_n dear_o belove_v in_o our_o lord_n it_o be_v not_o doubtless_o without_o a_o special_a and_o most_o wonderful_a design_n of_o heaven_n in_o order_n to_o the_o make_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n and_o the_o administration_n thereof_o the_o more_o welcome_a to_o the_o world_n when_o the_o father_n appoint_a time_n of_o set_v the_o same_o up_o shall_v be_v come_v that_o the_o power_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n in_o its_o second_o state_n shall_v be_v in_o all_o respect_n but_o chief_o in_o its_o rise_n worse_o more_o odious_a and_o abominable_a than_o ever_o be_v power_n in_o the_o world_n before_o it_o for_o as_o for_o all_o the_o three_o first_o monarchy_n and_o the_o four_o also_o consider_v in_o its_o first_o state_n before_o the_o antichristian_a beast_n be_v midwived_n into_o the_o world_n they_o do_v receive_v their_o power_n from_o god_n upon_o which_o account_n the_o apostle_n in_o the_o new_a testament_n urge_v obeto_o the_o roll_a power_n of_o the_o world_n that_o then_o be_v tell_v believer_n to_o who_o they_o write_v that_o there_o be_v no_o power_n i._n e._n then_o stand_v but_o what_o original_o in_o respect_n of_o the_o derivation_n of_o the_o power_n be_v of_o god_n and_o ordain_v by_o god_n rom._n 12.1_o 1_o pet._n 2.13_o 14._o but_o now_o the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n in_o its_o second_o state_n as_o subject_v to_o antichrist_n which_o beast_n be_v not_o then_o rise_v but_o to_o ascend_v to_o the_o throne_n afterward_o revel_v 17.8_o be_v as_o in_o many_o other_o respect_n so_o especial_o in_o this_o viz._n of_o the_o first_o rise_v or_o derivation_n of_o the_o power_n make_v to_o differ_v vast_o from_o all_o those_o precede_a power_n which_o be_v part_n of_o the_o great_a image_n as_o well_o as_o it_o for_o those_o though_o their_o power_n be_v abuse_v yet_o have_v they_o it_o original_o from_o god_n but_o of_o the_o antichristian_a power_n the_o contrary_n be_v express_o declare_v namely_o that_o when_o the_o ten-horned_n blasphemous_a beast_n shall_v arise_v he_o shall_v receive_v his_o power_n from_o the_o dragon_n or_o devil_n revel_v 13.1_o 2._o and_o i_o see_v a_o beast_n rise_v up_o out_o of_o the_o sea_n have_v seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n and_o upon_o his_o horn_n ten_o crown_n and_o upon_o his_o head_n the_o name_n of_o blasphemy_n and_o the_o beast_n that_o i_o see_v be_v like_a unto_o a_o leopard_n and_o the_o dragon_n give_v he_o his_o power_n and_o great_a authority_n hence_o revel_v 11.7_o and_o again_o chap._n 17.8_o where_o his_o rise_n be_v speak_v of_o he_o be_v say_v not_o to_o have_v a_o descent_n from_o heaven_n as_o have_v the_o former_a power_n but_o a_o ascent_n out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n i.e._n from_o hell_n note_v as_o before_o that_o the_o derivation_n of_o this_o power_n shall_v not_o be_v from_o god_n but_o from_o the_o devil_n which_o position_n be_v yet_o more_o clear_a if_o we_o consider_v how_o that_o jesus_n christ_n all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n do_v set_v up_o a_o two_o fold_v power_n viz._n a_o power_n magisterial_a and_o ministerial_a which_o he_o call_v his_o two_o witness_n revelation_n 11.3_o for_o this_o very_a end_n to_o oppose_v the_o beast_n by_o bear_v constant_a witness_n against_o and_o smite_v so_o far_o as_o in_o they_o lie_v the_o beast_n and_o his_o power_n this_o witnesse-bearing_a power_n set_v up_o in_o direct_a opposition_n to_o the_o beast_n though_o in_o respect_n of_o their_o outward_a condition_n they_o be_v at_o and_o under_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n he_o till_o his_o day_n be_v out_o rule_v the_o roast_n for_o which_o cause_n they_o wear_v sackcloth_n yet_o be_v declare_o of_o divine_a appointment_n and_o ordination_n i_o will_v give_v power_n to_o my_o two_o witness_n hence_o it_o necessary_o follow_v that_o the_o power_n of_o the_o beast_n can_v be_v such_o too_o unless_o we_o shall_v suppose_v divine_a appointment_n to_o be_v manifest_o contradictory_n within_o themselves_o and_o to_o fight_v the_o one_o with_o the_o other_o which_o to_o say_v will_v be_v rather_o a_o blasphemy_n than_o a_o absurdity_n and_o it_o be_v for_o this_o reason_n because_o the_o beast_n receive_v his_o power_n from_o the_o dragon_n that_o the_o worshipper_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v say_v to_o worship_v the_o dragon_n revelation_n 13.4_o and_o they_o worship_v the_o dragon_n that_o give_v power_n to_o the_o beast_n and_o they_o worship_v the_o beast_n from_o all_o which_o it_o appear_v that_o power_n consider_v as_o antichristian_a be_v not_o of_o divine_a institution_n but_o diabolical_a this_o antichristian_a power_n be_v that_o which_o of_o all_o the_o power_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n take_v last_v place_n close_v up_o the_o world_n day_n and_o stand_v next_o to_o christ_n kingdom_n in_o regard_n of_o time_n god_n see_v it_o best_o in_o his_o infinite_a and_o unsearchable_a wisdom_n to_o suffer_v thing_n before_o he_o will_v erect_v his_o own_o kingdom_n of_o righteousness_n and_o holiness_n to_o grow_v to_o such_o a_o height_n of_o unparalelled_a impiety_n in_o the_o world_n as_o that_o the_o principal_a affair_n thereof_o which_o in_o all_o age_n and_o generation_n former_o have_v ever_o be_v order_v and_o dispose_v by_o man_n as_o his_o substitute_n shall_v in_o this_o last_o time_n namely_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n be_v dispose_v of_o and_o govern_v by_o man_n as_o substitute_n of_o the_o dragon_n in_o the_o ruin_n of_o this_o power_n christ_n begin_v his_o own_o kingdom_n for_o as_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n have_v its_o beginning_n in_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o babylonian_a and_o the_o grecian_a in_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o persian_a the_o roman_a afterward_o in_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o grecian_a so_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n or_o the_o five_o monarchy_n have_v its_o first_o rise_n in_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n with_o which_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n be_v the_o four_o monarchy_n in_o its_o second_o and_o last_o state_n the_o four_o monarchy_n itself_o go_v to_o ruin_n and_o way_n be_v make_v for_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o five_o which_o succeed_v it_o this_o thing_n be_v most_o evident_a in_o the_o two_o first_o of_o daniel_n prophecy_n viz._n that_o of_o the_o great_a image_n chap._n 2._o and_o that_o of_o the_o four_o beast_n chap._n 7._o for_o the_o one_o tell_v we_o that_o christ_n kingdom_n arise_v by_o smite_v and_o break_v the_o foot_n of_o the_o great_a image_n the_o other_o that_o it_o arise_v by_o judge_v cast_v down_o the_o throne_n take_v away_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n either_o of_o which_o be_v the_o same_o both_z pointing_z as_o the_o future_a discourse_n prove_v at_o large_a at_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n and_o christ_n judge_v thereof_o now_o that_o this_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n which_o daniel_n speak_v of_o as_o succeed_v the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n take_v its_o beginning_n in_o the_o other_o ruin_n can_v be_v a_o mere_a spiritual_a kingdom_n as_o many_o will_v have_v it_o but_o must_v be_v a_o outward_a and_o visible_a kingdom_n be_v manifest_a enough_o though_o we_o have_v no_o other_o proof_n thereof_o but_o what_o be_v couch_v in_o these_o two_o prophecy_n though_o yet_o i_o may_v say_v it_o and_o speak_v truth_n that_o this_o doctrine_n of_o christ_n visible_a kingdom_n be_v that_o great_a truth_n of_o which_o all_o the_o prophet_n of_o the_o old_a testament_n more_o plentiful_o than_o of_o any_o one_o beside_o it_o
have_v speak_v and_o christ_n himself_o with_o the_o apostle_n and_o evangelist_n of_o the_o new_a likewise_o but_o not_o to_o enter_v into_o so_o large_a a_o field_n which_o require_v a_o book_n not_o a_o epistle_n let_v we_o because_o the_o ruler_n of_o this_o world_n begin_v at_o this_o day_n to_o be_v jealous_a of_o this_o notion_n and_o to_o look_v big_a upon_o christ_n outward_a kingdom_n consult_v with_o daniel_n upon_o this_o question_n whether_o the_o kingdom_n he_o speak_v of_o in_o his_o two_o first_o prophecy_n be_v mere_o spiritual_a or_o whether_o it_o be_v not_o as_o spiritual_a so_o outward_a too_o and_o although_o some_o argument_n urge_v from_o daniel_n first_o prophecy_n to_o prove_v this_o kingdom_n to_o be_v not_o spiritual_a only_o but_o outward_a also_o be_v lay_v down_o in_o our_o follow_a discourse_n yet_o do_v i_o not_o here_o judge_v it_o amiss_o to_o enlarge_v some_o of_o they_o and_o also_o add_v something_o new_a to_o vindicate_v thereby_o a_o most_o bless_a but_o suffer_v truth_n hope_v my_o labour_n in_o so_o do_v may_v not_o be_v altogether_o lose_v let_v we_o therefore_o i_o say_v ask_v daniel_n mind_n upon_o our_o question_n first_o as_o for_o his_o prophecy_n of_o the_o great_a image_n chapter_n two_o the_o stone_n verse_n thirty_o four_o which_o be_v interpret_v christ_n kingdom_n verse_n forty_o four_o can_v be_v mean_v of_o christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n but_o must_v necessary_o point_v at_o a_o outward_a the_o reason_n be_v 1_o because_o the_o rise_n of_o this_o kingdom_n be_v not_o till_o after_o that_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o great_a image_n i._n e._n the_o roman_a monarchy_n in_o its_o antichristian_a state_n be_v rise_v and_o in_o be_v which_o be_v clear_a 1_o because_o daniel_n to_o who_o thing_n in_o the_o vision_n be_v represent_v as_o his_o interpretation_n verse_n thirty_o sixth_o to_o forty_o sixth_o do_v evident_o manifest_a in_o that_o order_n of_o succession_n that_o they_o be_v to_o come_v forth_o in_o afterward_o behold_v the_o foot_n before_o yet_o he_o see_v the_o stone_n as_o verse_n thirty_o four_o thou_o see_v till_o that_o a_o stone_n be_v cut_v out_o without_o hand_n which_o smite_v the_o image_n upon_o his_o foot_n the_o see_v of_o the_o stone_n cut_v out_o and_o smite_v be_v after_o that_o the_o whole_a image_n in_o its_o several_a part_n have_v be_v present_v to_o he_o therefore_o i_o say_v as_o all_o the_o other_o part_n so_o likewise_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o image_n be_v in_o be_v before_o the_o stone_n 2_o because_o daniel_n behold_v the_o stone_n so_o soon_o as_o form_v to_o smite_v the_o foot_n verse_n thirty_o four_o therefore_o must_v the_o foot_n be_v in_o be_v before_o the_o stone_n be_v form_v 3_o because_o the_o kingdom_n signify_v by_o the_o stone_n be_v not_o set_v up_o till_o in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o ten_o antichristian_a king_n verse_n forty_o four_o and_o in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o king_n shall_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n set_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o these_o king_n can_v point_v at_o no_o other_o but_o the_o ten_o antichristian_a king_n john_n speak_v of_o revelation_n 17.12_o 13_o 14._o see_v our_o future_a discourse_n page_n three_o hundred_o and_o eighteen_o and_o three_o hundred_o and_o nineteen_o now_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n be_v to_o be_v set_v up_o in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o ten_o antichristian_a king_n therefore_o must_v the_o antichristian_a state_n be_v before_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n if_o so_o then_o can_v christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n be_v the_o thing_n signify_v by_o the_o stone_n for_o that_o be_v set_v up_o when_o christ_n first_o give_v forth_o his_o spirit_n immediate_o upon_o his_o ascension_n which_o be_v within_o the_o time_n that_o the_o iron_n leg_n of_o the_o image_n verse_n forty_o i_o e._n the_o roman_a monarchy_n in_o its_o first_o and_o as_o yet_o pagan_a state_n do_v bear_v rule_n be_v three_o hundred_o year_n and_o upward_o before_o the_o foot_n viz._n the_o antichristian_a state_n have_v existence_n or_o be_v in_o the_o world_n christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n therefore_o be_v long_o before_o antichrist_n kingdom_n be_v begin_v but_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n have_v not_o be_v till_o afterward_o it_o follow_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n can_v be_v christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n but_o must_v be_v a_o outward_a second_o reason_n because_o it_o be_v the_o stone_n proper_a and_o peculiar_a work_n to_o break_v in_o piece_n the_o great_a image_n i._n e._n outward_a power_n first_o that_o it_o be_v its_o proper_a work_n be_v clear_a because_o it_o do_v the_o thing_n not_o accidental_o but_o intentional_o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v to_o do_v it_o by_o smite_v verse_n thirty_o four_o thirty_o five_o &_o forty_o five_o which_o phrase_n note_v the_o intention_n of_o the_o agent_n it_o smite_v the_o great_a image_n with_o full_a purpose_n and_o resolution_n to_o break_v it_o and_o therefore_o observe_v it_o never_o leave_v smite_v after_o once_o it_o have_v begin_v till_o it_o have_v beat_v the_o great_a image_n to_o very_a chaff_n and_o dust_n vers_fw-la 35._o second_o that_o it_o be_v its_o principal_a work_n be_v clear_a because_o no_o other_o work_n be_v attribute_v to_o the_o stone_n but_o this_o only_a which_o show_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n be_v a_o kingdom_n set_v up_o by_o god_n to_o perform_v this_o work_n which_o in_o case_n it_o do_v it_o not_o it_o do_v nothing_o but_o now_o the_o proper_a and_o principal_a work_n of_o christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n be_v another_o thing_n viz._n the_o increase_n and_o edify_v itself_o in_o love_n and_o it_o do_v not_o at_o all_o intermeddle_v much_o less_o undertake_v it_o as_o its_o proper_a and_o principal_a work_n with_o the_o rout_v and_o break_v of_o worldly_a power_n which_o if_o indeed_o it_o shall_v than_o christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n the_o proper_a and_o principal_a work_n hereof_o be_v once_o right_o apprehend_v by_o the_o saint_n the_o child_n of_o this_o kingdom_n will_v soon_o prove_v a_o thing_n of_o as_o dangerous_a consequence_n to_o the_o ruler_n of_o this_o world_n as_o the_o doctrine_n of_o the_o five_o monarchy_n either_o be_v or_o can_v be_v but_o this_o i_o say_v be_v not_o the_o work_n of_o christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n therefore_o can_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n be_v christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n but_o must_v be_v a_o outward_a three_o reason_n because_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n be_v such_o a_o kingdom_n as_o that_o the_o stand_n and_o continuance_n of_o the_o great_a image_n be_v altogether_o inconsistent_a with_o the_o growth_n and_o prosperity_n thereof_o which_o be_v clear_a because_o it_o neither_o do_v nor_o can_v grow_v up_o to_o be_v a_o great_a mountain_n fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n till_o the_o total_a removal_n of_o the_o great_a image_n verse_n thirty_o five_o but_o now_o the_o stand_n and_o continuance_n of_o the_o great_a image_n be_v no_o way_n inconsistent_a with_o the_o growth_n and_o prosperity_n of_o christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n but_o rather_o be_v indeed_o advantageous_a unto_o it_o as_o the_o persecution_n that_o christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n have_v meet_v with_o and_o that_o in_o all_o age_n from_o the_o great_a image_n which_o have_v always_o be_v the_o great_a and_o most_o effectual_a mean_n of_o its_o growth_n and_o fruitfulness_n do_v bear_v witness_n therefore_o can_v the_o spiritual_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v the_o kingdom_n here_o mean_v four_o because_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n be_v a_o kingdom_n in_o respect_n of_o nature_n the_o same_o with_o the_o kingdom_n represent_v by_o the_o great_a image_n i._n e._n it_o be_v outward_a as_o they_o be_v outward_a which_o appear_v 1_o from_o the_o general_a scope_n and_o drift_n of_o the_o prophecy_n which_o run_v upon_o outward_a kingdom_n all_o the_o first_o four_o kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n be_v outward_a as_o none_o can_v deny_v why_o then_o the_o holy_a ghost_n in_o speak_v of_o the_o five_o and_o last_o shall_v so_o far_o vary_v his_o scope_n as_o present_o to_o glide_v from_o the_o outward_a kingdom_n to_o the_o inward_a ought_v beside_o the_o bare_a say_v so_o to_o have_v some_o solid_a and_o substantial_a reason_n bring_v for_o it_o by_o those_o whosoever_o they_o be_v that_o either_o do_v or_o shall_v assert_v it_o 2_o because_o it_o be_v not_o proper_a to_o say_v that_o a_o bare_a spiritual_a kingdom_n consider_v only_o as_o spiritual_n shall_v break_v in_o piece_n beat_v to_o very_a chaff_n grind_v to_o powder_v the_o great_a image_n i._n e._n destroy_v the_o very_a be_v of_o worldly_a kingdom_n which_o work_n be_v yet_o notwithstanding_o do_v by_o the_o stone_n as_o verse_n 35.44_o 45._o indeed_o christ_n spiritual_a kingdom_n may_v by_o that_o light_n and_o life_n it_o give_v forth_o much_o refine_v and_o
other_o who_o begin_v with_o the_o time_n when_o boniface_n be_v create_v universal_a bishop_n by_o phocas_n as_o for_o the_o first_o viz._n the_o opinion_n of_o those_o who_o begin_v from_o the_o time_n of_o constantine_n the_o great_a some_o of_o that_o opinion_n fix_v upon_o the_o year_n 304._o other_o differ_v as_o to_o a_o few_o year_n yet_o keep_v within_o the_o compass_n of_o 300._o and_o 316._o i_o say_v not_o in_o answer_n to_o it_o that_o the_o very_a foundation_n of_o this_o opinion_n be_v a_o mistake_n viz._n that_o the_o two_o witness_n be_v the_o scripture_n of_o the_o old_a and_o new_a testament_n but_o my_o reason_n against_o it_o be_v 1_o because_o by_o this_o opinion_n the_o harmony_n of_o the_o mystical_a number_n be_v destroy_v for_o if_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n and_o the_o two_o and_o forty_o month_n begin_v with_o constantine_n time_n then_o be_v it_o not_o possible_a to_o bring_v the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o &_o sixty_o day_n the_o two_o and_o forty_o month_n to_o concur_v in_o their_o end_n with_o daniel_n one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o ninety_o which_o must_v be_v upon_o the_o ground_n lay_v down_o in_o our_o key_n thesi_fw-la 17._o unless_o we_o shall_v find_v some_o action_n which_o may_v be_v account_v a_o fit_a head_n for_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o ninety_o day_n thirty_o year_n above_o constantine_n and_o in_o case_n this_o shall_v befound_v yet_o then_o will_v not_o the_o one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o five_o which_o begin_v from_o the_o same_o head_n with_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o ninety_o concur_v in_o their_o end_n with_o the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o which_o also_o must_v be_v for_o our_o reason_n key_n thesi_fw-la 34._o unless_o some_o other_o beginning_n and_o carry_v on_o of_o that_o great_a number_n may_v upon_o approve_a ground_n be_v find_v which_o will_v notwithstanding_o bring_v the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o day_n to_o end_v at_o the_o same_o point_n with_o the_o one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o five_o 2_o because_n set_v the_o harmony_n whole_o aside_o by_o this_o computation_n the_o seven_o government_n in_o the_o roman_a empire_n viz._n by_o christian_a emperor_n which_o be_v that_o john_n call_v a_o government_n yet_o to_o come_v rev._n 17.10_o there_o be_v seven_o king_n i.e._n distinct_a kind_n of_o government_n five_o be_v fall_v one_o be_v and_o the_o other_o be_v not_o yet_o come_v be_v either_o whole_o cut_v off_o or_o else_o confound_v with_o the_o beast_n for_o this_o government_n do_v not_o begin_v till_o constantine_n time_n now_o if_o we_o thence_o also_o begin_v the_o two_o and_o forty_o month_n of_o the_o beast_n then_o do_v we_o i_o say_v leave_v no_o room_n for_o the_o seven_o kind_n of_o government_n so_o that_o either_o it_o must_v be_v cut_v off_o or_o confound_v with_o the_o beast_n that_o it_o shall_v be_v cut_v off_o can_v be_v for_o the_o text_n say_v express_o it_o be_v to_o come_v i.e._n as_o real_o to_o have_v a_o be_v as_o the_o five_o fall_v have_v have_v and_o the_o six_o then_o in_o be_v have_v that_o we_o shall_v confound_v it_o with_o the_o beast_n may_v not_o be_v first_o because_o this_o government_n be_v to_o continue_v a_o space_n before_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o when_o it_o come_v it_o must_v continue_v a_o short_a space_n this_o short_a space_n must_v either_o be_v mean_v of_o the_o time_n before_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n or_o the_o time_n of_o his_o reign_n if_o the_o time_n of_o his_o reign_n be_v mean_v and_o so_o the_o seven_o government_n and_o his_o reign_n be_v make_v one_o how_o then_o be_v it_o call_v a_o short_a space_n see_v the_o time_n allot_v to_o the_o beast_n be_v a_o long_a time_n two_o and_o forty_o month_n one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o year_n yea_o how_o be_v it_o call_v a_o short_a space_n comparative_o with_o the_o six_o or_o former_a government_n which_o continue_v not_o half_a nay_o not_o one_o three_o part_n of_o this_o time_n this_o government_n therefore_o must_v be_v distinct_a from_o the_o beast_n second_o because_o the_o beast_n government_n as_o relate_v to_o this_o be_v call_v the_o eight_o vers_n 11._o and_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v and_o be_v not_o even_o he_o be_v the_o eight_o though_o the_o beast_n in_o respect_n of_o his_o seat_n and_o the_o civil_a power_n he_o exercise_v which_o power_n do_v reside_v in_o all_o the_o former_a government_n be_v say_v to_o be_v of_o the_o seven_o and_z according_o have_v seven_o head_n i.e._n rome_n the_o seat_n of_o and_o the_o civil_a power_n of_o all_o the_o former_a government_n yet_o be_v he_o not_o call_v the_o seven_o but_o of_o the_o seven_o because_o successive_o and_o in_o order_n he_o follow_v the_o seven_o and_o his_o government_n come_v in_o as_o the_o eight_o be_v a_o government_n distinct_a from_o the_o seven_o and_o all_o theseveral_a government_n before_o he_o for_o which_o reason_n we_o may_v not_o confound_v the_o beast_n government_n with_o the_o seven_o which_o yet_o this_o opinion_n either_o do_v or_o shut_v whole_o out_o neither_o of_o which_o can_v stand_v with_o truth_n 3_o because_o according_a to_o this_o supputation_n the_o time_n be_v expire_v above_o a_o hundred_o year_n since_o and_o be_v so_o 1_o how_o come_v it_o to_o pass_v that_o yet_o of_o late_a year_n the_o holy_a city_n have_v be_v so_o tread_v underfoot_o saint_n for_o religion_n sake_n drive_v to_o flight_n as_o it_o have_v be_v with_o we_o here_o in_o england_n yea_o so_o many_o kill_v and_o put_v to_o death_n as_o have_v be_v in_o germany_n the_o low-countries_n france_n and_o all_o this_o within_o much_o less_o time_n than_o one_o hundred_o year_n yea_o the_o great_a part_n of_o it_o not_o half_a the_o time_n certain_o whilst_o the_o woman_n be_v drive_v from_o one_o corner_n of_o the_o world_n to_o the_o other_o to_o hide_v herself_o and_o her_o child_n be_v cruel_o kill_v &_o massacre_v we_o can_v look_v upon_o she_o as_o come_v out_o of_o the_o wilderness_n whilst_o antichristian_a injunction_n and_o superstition_n be_v set_v up_o and_o impose_v instead_o of_o the_o pure_a worship_n of_o christ_n who_o will_v say_v the_o tread_v underfoot_o of_o the_o holy_a city_n be_v at_o a_o end_n and_o have_v not_o these_o thing_n be_v more_o or_o less_o within_o less_o than_o twenty_o i_o may_v say_v within_o less_o than_o half_a this_o twenty_o year_n i_o will_v i_o can_v not_o say_v at_o this_o present_a 2_o how_o also_o come_v it_o to_o pass_v that_o so_o many_o year_n since_o the_o expire_a of_o this_o time_n the_o beast_n have_v escape_v and_o neither_o be_v kill_v with_o the_o sword_n nor_o lead_v into_o captivity_n see_v it_o be_v say_v of_o he_o that_o at_o the_o end_n of_o his_o reign_n his_o two_o and_o forty_o month_n expire_v he_o that_o lead_v into_o captivity_n shall_v be_v lead_v into_o captivity_n he_o that_o kill_v with_o the_o sword_n shall_v be_v kill_v with_o the_o sword_n rev._n 13.10_o if_o it_o be_v say_v christ_n have_v these_o many_o year_n ever_o since_o luther_n time_n in_o a_o spiritual_a manner_n with_o the_o sword_n of_o his_o mouth_n be_v kill_v and_o captivate_v the_o beast_n i_o answer_v true_a but_o what_o have_v be_v do_v against_o he_o by_o a_o civil_a sword_n or_o towards_o a_o civil_a captivate_a of_o he_o which_o be_v the_o sword_n and_o captivity_n here_o speak_v of_o for_o observe_v such_o a_o sword_n as_o he_o have_v kill_v the_o saint_n with_o and_o such_o a_o captivity_n as_o he_o have_v expose_v they_o unto_o such_o a_o sword_n and_o such_o a_o captivity_n it_o be_v bring_v upon_o he_o by_o god_n in_o a_o way_n of_o retaliation_n shall_v himself_o suffer_v by_o and_o be_v expose_v unto_o but_o the_o one_o have_v be_v civil_a therefore_o shall_v the_o other_o also_o if_o it_o be_v reply_v be_v not_o this_o do_v some_o year_n since_o in_o germany_n by_o gustavus_n adolphus_n answ_n grant_v it_o so_o to_o be_v yet_o do_v that_o fall_n many_o year_n too_o late_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o according_a to_o this_o opinion_n be_v expire_v long_o before_o his_o time_n but_o now_o no_o soon_o be_v the_o time_n expire_v but_o instant_o he_o that_o lead_v into_o captivity_n be_v lead_v into_o captivity_n he_o that_o kill_v with_o the_o sword_n be_v kill_v with_o the_o sword_n neither_o the_o german_a war_n therefore_o nor_o any_o that_o have_v be_v since_o will_n at_o all_o help_n this_o opinion_n 2._o if_o the_o wan_a of_o the_o swedish_n king_n in_o germany_n be_v a_o kill_v the_o beast_n with_o the_o sword_n a_o lead_v he_o into_o captivity_n then_o most_o certain_o since_o he_o be_v
rise_v and_o come_v out_o of_o captivity_n again_o but_o let_v we_o assure_v ourselves_o that_o when_o christ_n kill_v the_o beast_n with_o the_o sword_n he_o shall_v have_v no_o resurrection_n when_o he_o lead_v he_o into_o captivity_n no_o return_n obj._n but_o it_o may_v be_v object_v that_o we_o must_v of_o necessity_n begin_v this_o epock_n of_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o year_n as_o high_a as_o constantine_n if_o not_o high_o for_o rovel_v 12._o it_o be_v the_o dragon_n with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n and_o seven_o crown_n on_o his_o head_n which_o be_v the_o emblem_n of_o the_o old_a roman_a empire_n and_o not_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o beast_n who_o have_v ten_o crown_n and_o those_o upon_o his_o horn_n revel_v 13.1_o that_o drive_v the_o woman_n into_o the_o wilderness_n i_o answer_v this_o can_v be_v for_o what_o have_v be_v prove_v already_o viz._n that_o the_o forty_o two_o month_n and_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o time_n which_o begin_v and_o end_v together_o and_o how_o can_v this_o be_v in_o case_n the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n be_v to_o begin_v before_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o beast_n whilst_o yet_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v rule_v by_o the_o dragon_n 2_o observe_v the_o text_n itself_o and_o it_o will_v appear_v that_o the_o act_n of_o the_o dragon_n there_o mention_v be_v not_o the_o drive_v of_o the_o woman_n into_o the_o wilderness_n but_o another_o thing_n viz._n a_o lie_v in_o wait_n to_o devour_v her_o child_n so_o soon_o as_o bear_v v._o 4._o and_o the_o dragon_n stand_v before_o the_o woman_n which_o be_v ready_a to_o be_v deliver_v for_o to_o devour_v her_o child_n so_o soon_o as_o it_o be_v bear_v the_o meaning_n whereof_o be_v that_o the_o faithful_a the_o true_a member_n and_o child_n of_o the_o church_n which_o because_o one_o body_n be_v here_o represent_v by_o one_o child_n and_o for_o dignity_n sake_n or_o else_o to_o represent_v their_o strength_n in_o their_o head_n christ_n a_o man-child_n that_o in_o the_o time_n of_o paganism_n have_v be_v oppress_v by_o the_o dragon_n the_o devil_n perceive_v they_o now_o through_o constantine_n mean_n to_o be_v in_o a_o rise_a way_n and_o ready_a as_o with_o a_o rod_n of_o iron_n to_o crush_v in_o piece_n his_o heathenish_a worship_n he_o therefore_o labour_v by_o stir_v up_o the_o power_n of_o the_o old_a pagan_a empire_n to_o oppose_v constantine_n to_o stifle_v this_o work_n in_o the_o beginning_n but_o this_o he_o can_v do_v constantine_n prevail_v and_o the_o faithful_a in_o despite_n of_o he_o be_v catch_v up_o to_o god_n and_o to_o his_o throne_n i._n e._n set_v out_o of_o the_o reach_n of_o the_o dragon_n through_o constantine_n prevail_v the_o church_n now_o after_o her_o sharp_a fiery_a trial_n under_o the_o pagan_a emperor_n come_v to_o enjoy_v great_a peace_n and_o prosperity_n under_o constantine_n it_o come_v to_o pass_v that_o she_o abuse_v her_o prosperity_n and_o jesuron-like_a now_o wax_v fat_a begin_v to_o kick_v and_o grow_v wanton_a her_o good_a be_v turn_v into_o evil_n and_o within_o a_o short_a time_n afterward_o she_o begin_v to_o apostatise_v from_o her_o first_o principle_n and_o instead_o of_o be_v clothe_v with_o the_o sun_n as_o be_v the_o primitive_a church_n ver_fw-la 1._o and_o have_v the_o moon_n under_o her_o foot_n she_o neglect_v the_o sun_n i._n e._n christ_n crucify_v for_o justification_n and_o true_a holiness_n through_o his_o death_n and_o suffering_n and_o array_v herself_o with_o the_o moon_n i.e._n worldly_a ornament_n as_o dignity_n preferment_n outward_a riches_n etc._n etc._n which_o thing_n a_o while_n after_o constantine_n begin_v to_o be_v mighty_o stickle_v for_o by_o the_o clergy_n general_o yea_o in_o counsel_n also_o now_o when_o it_o come_v to_o be_v thus_o the_o woman_n i._n e._n the_o true_a church_n vanish_v away_o and_o retire_v herself_o into_o the_o wilderness_n and_o as_o she_o retire_v so_o in_o her_o room_n stand_v up_o the_o beast_n i._n e._n the_o false_a antichristian_a church_n but_o this_o be_v not_o do_v instant_o but_o after_o the_o church_n have_v have_v prosperity_n some_o time_n and_o abuse_v it_o and_o thereby_o provoke_v christ_n to_o withdraw_v his_o presence_n and_o spirit_n which_o go_v the_o church_n straightway_o degenerate_v and_o she_o that_o be_v before_o the_o spouse_n of_o christ_n become_v a_o antichristian_a harlot_n hence_o the_o woman_n flight_n into_o the_o wilderness_n be_v note_v in_o the_o text_n as_o the_o very_a next_o thing_n after_o the_o child_n be_v catch_v up_o to_o god_n and_o his_o throne_n ver_fw-la 5._o and_o her_o child_n be_v catch_v up_o to_o god_n and_o to_o his_o throne_n ver_fw-la 6._o and_o the_o woman_n flee_v into_o the_o wilderness_n now_o observe_v as_o the_o child_n be_v catch_v up_o to_o god_n and_o his_o throne_n be_v successive_a to_o the_o dragon_n gape_v to_o devour_v the_o child_n which_o be_v whilst_o yet_o the_o child_n be_v but_o in_o the_o birth_n so_o the_o woman_n flight_n into_o the_o wilderness_n whence_o begin_v the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n be_v to_o be_v look_v upon_o as_o a_o thing_n successive_a as_o well_o in_o time_n as_o place_v to_o the_o child_n be_v catch_v up_o to_o god_n and_o to_o his_o throne_n and_o so_o the_o objection_n be_v indeed_o a_o reason_n for_o we_o that_o we_o may_v not_o begin_v the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n either_o before_o constantine_n or_o with_o he_o but_o must_v some_o time_n afterward_o the_o argument_n bring_v from_o history_n civil_a or_o ecclesiastical_a to_o prove_v this_o fall_n to_o the_o ground_n upon_o the_o account_n of_o these_o two_o reason_n 1_o because_o history_n be_v only_o a_o human_a testimony_n and_o therefore_o to_o be_v try_v by_o the_o divine_a but_o the_o divine_a testimony_n or_o testimony_n of_o scripture_n can_v be_v make_v to_o agree_v to_o this_o beginning_n as_o our_o two_o first_o reason_n prove_v 2_o because_o all_o that_o be_v say_v from_o history_n as_o viz._n the_o story_n of_o constantine_n donation_n of_o rome_n italy_n etc._n etc._n to_o pope_n silvester_n the_o story_n of_o queen_n helen_n cross_n etc._n etc._n have_v only_o the_o authority_n of_o popish_a writer_n and_o not_o any_o of_o the_o ancient_n to_o countenance_v they_o yea_o be_v explode_v by_o protestant_a writer_n as_o fable_n as_o see_v melancthon_n in_o his_o review_n of_o carrion_n chronicle_n lib._n 3._o johan_n wolf_n cent_n 4._o simpsons_n history_n of_o the_o church_n lib._n 2._o cent_n 4._o the_o argument_n urge_v by_o some_o from_o the_o indiction_n which_o of_o all_o argument_n from_o mere_a history_n be_v the_o most_o plausible_a tend_v only_o to_o prove_v that_o the_o papist_n reckon_v the_o beginning_n of_o their_o kingdom_n from_o about_o this_o time_n but_o do_v it_o follow_v that_o therefore_o we_o be_v so_o to_o do_v what_o scripture_n warrant_n be_v there_o for_o such_o a_o thing_n that_o there_o we_o shall_v begin_v the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n reign_v where_o the_o beast_n own_o follower_n begin_v their_o kingdom_n certain_o be_v this_o a_o rule_n to_o walk_v by_o there_o will_v be_v no_o difficulty_n at_o all_o in_o make_v up_o our_o account_n of_o the_o forty_o two_o month_n &_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n yea_o take_v it_o at_o best_a it_o be_v but_o a_o uncertain_a argument_n for_o some_o end_n the_o olympiad_n and_o begin_v the_o indiction_n soon_o some_o late_a and_o what_o strength_n this_o argument_n have_v in_o it_o which_o in_o my_o account_n be_v but_o feeble_a will_v as_o well_o agree_v according_a to_o some_o to_o a_o more_o likely_a time_n as_o to_o this_o for_o rosse_n in_o his_o history_n of_o the_o world_n say_v lib._n 3._o chap._n 3._o that_o about_o the_o year_n three_o hundred_o ninety_o five_o the_o olympiad_n cease_v and_o the_o indiction_n be_v institute_v the_o conclusion_n of_o all_o be_v that_o that_o opinion_n which_o begin_v the_o forty_o two_o month_n and_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n with_o constantine_n be_v not_o that_o we_o be_v to_o cleave_v unto_o as_o truth_n in_o this_o thing_n sect_n 2._o the_o opinion_n of_o a_o late_a writer_n who_o have_v bestow_v much_o labour_n upon_o our_o question_n be_v that_o we_o be_v to_o begin_v this_o epocha_n with_o the_o time_n of_o pope_n leo_n the_o first_o and_o the_o particular_a year_n pitch_v upon_o by_o our_o author_n be_v the_o year_n four_o hundred_o forty_o two_o but_o though_o i_o honour_v the_o author_n yet_o can_v i_o receive_v his_o opinion_n 1_o because_o according_a to_o it_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n can_v be_v make_v
to_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n in_o general_n 3_o because_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o daniel_n be_v diverse_a from_o all_o the_o beast_n before_o it_o dan._n 7.3_o 7._o but_o now_o the_o description_n of_o the_o beast_n antichrist_n rev._n 13.2_o argue_v he_o to_o be_v in_o some_o thing_n like_o they_o all_o for_o first_o he_o be_v like_o a_o leopard_n and_o the_o beast_n which_o i_o see_v be_v like_a unto_o a_o leopard_n which_o be_v the_o similitude_n of_o daniel_n three_o beast_n or_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n dan._n 7.6_o second_o he_o have_v foot_n as_o the_o foot_n of_o a_o bear_n and_o his_o foot_n be_v as_o the_o foot_n of_o a_o bear_n which_o be_v the_o similitude_n of_o daniel_n second_o beast_n or_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n vers_fw-la 5._o three_o his_o mouth_n be_v as_o the_o mouth_n of_o a_o lion_n which_o resemble_v daniel_n first_o beast_n or_o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n so_o that_o antichrist_n have_v the_o similitude_n of_o all_o the_o former_a beast_n but_o daniel_n four_o beast_n be_v diverse_a from_o they_o all_o 4_o because_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o distinction_n betwixt_o the_o four_o beast_n and_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o case_n the_o four_o beast_n be_v to_o be_v understand_v of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n for_o that_o be_v the_o thing_n set_v forth_o by_o the_o little_a horn._n 5_o because_o the_o rise_n of_o daniel_n four_o beast_n be_v clear_o and_o plain_o note_v to_o be_v before_o the_o rise_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n for_o the_o rise_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n begin_v in_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n but_o the_o four_o beast_n with_o all_o his_o horn_n be_v rise_v before_o that_o how_o else_o be_v the_o little_a horn_n say_v to_o rise_v among_o and_o after_o the_o other_o horn_n i_o conclude_v therefore_o that_o daniel_n four_o beast_n be_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n in_o general_n as_o john_n beast_n rev._n 13.1_o 2._o be_v the_o same_o only_a as_o under_o antichrist_n now_o this_o be_v so_o it_o be_v to_o be_v note_v that_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n from_o its_o beginning_n take_v it_o either_o as_o it_o be_v in_o its_o pure_a civil_a state_n or_o as_o it_o now_o be_v in_o its_o mix_v antichristian_a state_n have_v ever_o ten_o horn_n as_o it_o be_v a_o pure_a civil_a state_n so_o be_v it_o exact_o divide_v into_o ten_o part_n in_o the_o day_n of_o augustus_n cesar_n as_o strabo_n witness_v and_o for_o this_o reason_n the_o dragon_n which_o represent_v the_o old_a empire_n have_v as_o well_o ten_o horn_n rev._n 12.3_o as_o the_o beast_n chap._n 13.1_o yet_o with_o this_o difference_n the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n in_o its_o first_o state_n have_v no_o crown_n i.e._n the_o kingdom_n subject_v to_o the_o roman_a empire_n whilst_o it_o remain_v a_o pure_a civil_a state_n have_v not_o legislative_a power_n within_o themselves_o but_o rather_o be_v keep_v in_o the_o nature_n of_o province_n over_o who_o the_o roman_a state_n do_v set_v titular_a king_n as_o herod_n in_o christ_n time_n be_v the_o titular_a king_n of_o judea_n and_o for_o this_o reason_n because_o so_o in_o title_n they_o be_v call_v king_n dan._n 7.24_o but_o yet_o do_v still_o reserve_v to_o itself_o the_o power_n of_o make_v and_o give_v law_n as_o in_o christ_n time_n beside_o herod_n the_o titular_a king_n there_o be_v pilate_n the_o roman_a governor_n set_v over_o the_o land_n to_o execute_v law_n which_o law_n execute_v be_v only_o the_o law_n of_o rome_n and_o hence_o christ_n be_v say_v to_o be_v crucify_v in_o rome_n because_o he_o suffer_v by_o the_o law_n and_o power_n of_o rome_n rev._n 11.8_o and_o also_o it_o be_v for_o this_o reason_n that_o the_o dragon_n represent_v the_o old_a empire_n be_v say_v to_o have_v his_o crown_n not_o upon_o his_o horn_n as_o the_o beast_n chap._n 13.1_o but_o upon_o his_o seven_o head_n that_o be_v the_o legislative_a power_n all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o old_a empire_n be_v continue_v at_o rome_n build_v upon_o seven_o mountain_n which_o be_v these_o seven_o head_n rev._n 17.9_o yea_o far_o it_o be_v for_o this_o reason_n that_o john_n speak_v of_o the_o ten_o king_n as_o have_v a_o be_v even_o then_o when_o he_o write_v say_v chap._n 17.12_o that_o as_o yet_o they_o have_v receive_v no_o kingdom_n but_o be_v afterward_o to_o receive_v power_n as_o king_n namely_o with_o the_o beast_n i.e._n though_o all_o the_o ten_o horn_n be_v then_o in_o be_v yet_o be_v they_o then_o only_o titular_a king_n who_o have_v no_o power_n of_o make_v or_o give_v law_n this_o power_n as_o yet_o abide_v upon_o the_o head_n i.e._n at_o rome_n itself_o but_o now_o the_o horn_n of_o the_o beast_n antichrist_n i.e._n the_o roman_a monarchy_n as_o under_o antichrist_n have_v crown_n upon_o they_o i.e._n that_o legislative_a power_n which_o be_v before_o upon_o the_o head_n be_v now_o translate_v to_o the_o horn_n every_o particular_a kingdom_n which_o before_o be_v but_o as_o province_n govern_v by_o no_o other_o law_n but_o such_o as_o come_v from_o rome_n have_v now_o a_o power_n within_o itself_o to_o rule_v and_o to_o make_v law_n therefore_o say_v john_n rev._n 17.12_o the_o ten_o horn_n receive_v power_n as_o king_n with_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v when_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n which_o then_o be_v in_o the_o hand_n of_o emperor_n and_o the_o whole_a govern_v by_o the_o law_n of_o rome_n shall_v fall_v in_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o beast_n then_o shall_v those_o several_a king_n which_o before_o be_v titular_a only_o receive_v kingly_a power_n or_o power_n as_o king_n to_o make_v and_o give_v law_n within_o their_o own_o dominion_n without_o receive_v their_o law_n from_o any_o foreign_a place_n or_o power_n now_o consider_v the_o ten_o horn_n in_o the_o first_o respect_n as_o they_o be_v the_o horn_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n in_o general_n which_o be_v clear_o daniel_n sense_n the_o ten_o horn_n he_o speak_v of_o be_v the_o horn_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n i.e._n the_o empire_n in_o general_a for_o say_v he_o vers_n 7._o it_o that_o be_v the_o four_o beast_n have_v ten_o horn_n and_o it_o be_v most_o clear_a the_o rise_n of_o antichrist_n the_o little_a horn_n be_v among_o and_o after_o these_o horn_n and_o therefore_o observe_v the_o word_n narrow_o it_o be_v say_v that_o at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n rise_v three_o of_o the_o first_o be_v pluck_v up_o by_o the_o root_n vers_fw-la 8._o what_o be_v the_o meaning_n why_o this_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n in_o either_o state_n as_o i_o have_v say_v have_v ten_o horn_n now_o upon_o the_o little_a horn_n rise_v three_o of_o the_o first_o i.e._n three_o of_o the_o horn_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n as_o consider_v in_o its_o first_o state_n be_v pluck_v up_o and_o hence_o vers_fw-la 24._o the_o little_a horn_n be_v say_v to_o be_v diverse_a from_o the_o first_o that_o be_v from_o all_o the_o horn_n of_o this_o monarchy_n in_o its_o first_o state_n for_o of_o the_o horn_n of_o the_o monarchy_n in_o its_o second_o state_n how_o be_v the_o little_a horn_n diverse_a when_o as_o the_o ten_o horn_n in_o this_o state_n be_v but_o a_o part_n of_o this_o little_a horn_n i.e._n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n as_o govern_v by_o antichrist_n and_o thus_o to_o understand_v it_o unties_z that_o great_a knot_n vers_fw-la 8._o of_o three_o horn_n be_v pluck_v up_o by_o the_o root_n before_o the_o little_a horn_n at_o the_o time_n of_o this_o rise_n for_o take_v three_o to_o signify_v not_o strict_o three_o but_o divers_a or_o many_o three_z being_z use_v because_o a_o number_n of_o perfection_n and_o how_o clear_a be_v it_o from_o all_o history_n that_o upon_o the_o invasion_n make_v by_o the_o goth_n and_o vandal_n with_o which_o the_o beast_n rise_v as_o before_o a_o considerable_a part_n of_o those_o province_n which_o be_v before_o subject_v to_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o rule_v by_o its_o law_n be_v now_o break_v off_o and_o grow_v up_o into_o particular_a kingdom_n rule_v by_o law_n of_o their_o own_o and_o so_o by_o degree_n the_o whole_a legislative_a power_n creep_v off_o from_o the_o seven_o and_o last_o head_n to_o the_o horn_n and_o thus_o interpret_v this_o place_n in_o daniel_n do_v excellent_o point_v out_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n rise_v and_o i_o take_v it_o that_o it_o be_v leave_v we_o by_o the_o holy_a ghost_n as_o a_o divine_a character_n to_o guide_v we_o where_o we_o shall_v end_v the_o first_o state_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n and_o begin_v its_o second_o where_o we_o shall_v put_v a_o period_n to_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n as_o a_o pure_a civil_a state_n and_o begin_v it_o as_o a_o antichristian_a namely_o with_o the_o time_n when_o a_o remarkable_a breach_n or_o rapture_n shall_v be_v make_v
among_o the_o first_o ten_o horn_n or_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o monarchy_n as_o in_o its_o first_o state_n with_o this_o time_n and_o among_o the_o horn_n thus_o break_v shall_v the_o little_a horn_n creep_v up_o i.e._n from_o thence_o shall_v the_o translation_n of_o the_o monarchy_n be_v or_o from_o thence_o shall_v antichrist_n kingdom_n begin_v so_o that_o indeed_o these_o word_n be_v so_o far_o from_o weaken_v what_o we_o have_v assert_v that_o they_o be_v a_o strong_a confirmation_n of_o our_o beginning_n that_o we_o have_v state_v it_o aright_o in_o state_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o beast_n antichrist_n to_o be_v with_o the_o time_n of_o the_o invasion_n of_o the_o goth_n and_o vandal_n thus_o notwithstanding_o the_o objection_n our_o argument_n stand_v firm_a viz._n that_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o antichristian_a beast_n be_v a_o little_a before_o the_o rise_n of_o his_o horn_n and_o therefore_o his_o horn_n rise_v sudden_o after_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n the_o forty_o two_o month_n the_o rise_n of_o the_o beast_n himself_o be_v state_v right_o with_o the_o year_n three_o hundred_o ninety_o six_o sect_n 5._o to_o the_o argument_n already_o lay_v down_o i_o shall_v add_v a_o argument_n or_o two_o more_o arg._n 1._o the_o aforesaid_a end_n of_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n agree_v most_o fit_o to_o the_o time_n of_o kill_v the_o witness_n the_o time_n of_o the_o witness_n kill_v which_o be_v to_o be_v reckon_v the_o last_o three_o day_n &_o a_o half_a of_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o as_o see_v generation_n work_n part_n 3_o chap._n 1._o sect._n 4._o fall_v under_o the_o three_o vial_n and_o a_o little_a before_o the_o first_o stir_v of_o the_o jew_n as_o be_v also_o there_o prove_v sect._n 5._o in_o the_o first_o and_o three_o conclusion_n now_o as_o the_o three_o vial_n be_v the_o vial_n we_o at_o present_a stand_n under_o as_o my_o discourse_n upon_o that_o vial_n manifest_v so_o the_o first_o stir_v of_o the_o jew_n fall_v to_o be_v in_o the_o year_n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o six_o as_o be_v prove_v key_n thesi_fw-la 20_o therefore_o it_o agree_v well_o to_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o to_o end_v the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n with_o the_o year_n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o six_o arg._n 2._o take_a from_o the_o visibility_n of_o those_o very_a thing_n at_o this_o day_n which_o the_o scripture_n have_v foretold_v we_o shall_v occur_v within_o the_o last_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a of_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o to_o give_v some_o instance_n first_o the_o scripture_n foretell_v that_o within_o this_o time_n the_o witness_n shall_v lie_v dead_a their_o death_n shall_v be_v civil_a and_o spiritual_a civil_a in_o be_v strip_v of_o religion_n and_o liberty_n spiritual_a in_o subject_v themselves_o through_o a_o spirit_n of_o cowardice_n upon_o they_o to_o this_o tyranny_n of_o the_o beast_n rather_o than_o to_o run_v the_o hazard_n of_o life_n in_o oppose_v he_o the_o place_n of_o their_o lie_a dead_a shall_v be_v germany_n the_o one_o to_o be_v their_o death_n the_o other_o the_o place_n i_o have_v prove_v generation_n work_n part_n 3_o chap._n 1._o sect._n 7_o 8._o whether_o consider_v the_o thing_n time_n and_o place_n have_v we_o not_o more_o than_o a_o little_a ground_n to_o conjecture_v that_o the_o present_a day_n be_v the_o day_n of_o the_o witness_n kill_v and_o if_o so_o then_o consider_v that_o this_o time_n be_v the_o last_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a of_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o do_v it_o not_o speak_v that_o the_o year_n we_o have_v state_v as_o the_o end_n of_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o be_v the_o right_n viz._n anno_fw-la dom._n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o six_o second_o the_o scripture_n foretell_v that_o within_o the_o last_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a of_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o a_o war_n shall_v be_v attempt_v first_o by_o the_o invisible_a dragon_n then_o by_o the_o visible_a of_o which_o read_v generation_n work_n part_n 3_o chap._n 2._o sect._n last_o against_o a_o remnant_n of_o the_o woman_n seed_n that_o shall_v stand_v up_o for_o christ_n in_o the_o world_n within_o the_o day_n that_o their_o brethren_n the_o witness_n lie_v dead_a which_o shall_v be_v know_v by_o these_o two_o character_n 1._o they_o shall_v walk_v in_o gospel_n institution_n 2._o have_v among_o they_o a_o spirit_n of_o prophecy_n now_o whether_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o first_o war_n and_o probability_n of_o the_o second_o be_v not_o at_o this_o day_n more_o visible_a upon_o a_o people_n have_v the_o aforesaid_a character_n then_o ever_o heretofore_o i_o propound_v as_o a_o quaere_fw-la three_o the_o scripture_n foretell_v that_o there_o shall_v be_v within_o this_o time_n a_o people_n in_o the_o world_n that_o shall_v favour_v the_o witness_n and_o withal_o be_v so_o potent_a as_o to_o awe_v the_o beast_n of_o who_o mention_n be_v make_v generate_v work_v part_n 3_o chap._n 1._o sect._n 9_o who_o yet_o settle_v themselves_o upon_o a_o worldly_a interest_n as_o their_o high_a aim_n shall_v neither_o open_o declare_v for_o the_o witness_n cause_v nor_o against_o the_o beast_n these_o be_v call_v they_o of_o the_o people_n and_o nation_n and_o kindred_n and_o tongue_n revel_v 11.9_o which_o can_v be_v interpret_v the_o popish_a party_n though_o rev._n 17.15_o they_o be_v so_o describe_v because_o in_o this_o place_n they_o be_v distinguish_v from_o the_o popish_a party_n which_o in_o the_o follow_a verse_n be_v set_v forth_o by_o another_o name_n viz._n the_o dweller_n on_o the_o earth_n whether_o or_o no_o such_o a_o people_n be_v not_o now_o to_o be_v find_v i_o also_o put_v the_o question_n four_o the_o scripture_n foretell_v that_o within_o this_o time_n there_o shall_v be_v a_o great_a league_n and_o combination_n of_o nation_n the_o beast_n now_o gather_v together_o his_o power_n to_o defend_v himself_o the_o time_n be_v come_v that_o his_o dominion_n be_v to_o be_v take_v away_o as_o the_o four_o monarchy_n afterward_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o five_o day_n when_o it_o be_v to_o go_v to_o ruin_v gather_v together_o all_o its_o power_n to_o that_o dreadful_a battle_n of_o armageddon_n to_o uphold_v itself_o whether_o a_o work_n like_o this_o be_v not_o now_o on_o foot_n likewise_o i_o propound_v as_o another_o quaere_fw-la five_o the_o scripture_n foretell_v that_o within_o this_o time_n there_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o world_n a_o wonderful_a triumph_n over_o the_o dead_a and_o suppress_v witness_n as_o suppose_v they_o and_o their_o cause_n likewise_o to_o be_v now_o dead_a and_o sink_v for_o ever_o revel_v 11.10_o chap._n 18.7_o whether_o do_v the_o present_a time_n afford_v nothing_o that_o have_v a_o look_n like_o this_o if_o all_o these_o thing_n be_v find_v true_a at_o this_o day_n have_v they_o not_o in_o they_o the_o weight_n of_o a_o argument_n to_o prove_v that_o we_o be_v upon_o the_o very_a end_a time_n of_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n arg._n 3._o the_o forty_o two_o month_n the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n may_v not_o be_v begin_v either_o high_a of_o low_a therefore_o they_o must_v be_v begin_v with_o the_o aforesaid_a year_n that_o they_o may_v not_o be_v begin_v any_o time_n high_o be_v clear_a because_o from_o such_o beginning_n the_o time_n be_v expire_v but_o this_o can_v be_v because_o the_o witness_n to_o this_o very_a day_n my_o opinion_n be_v throughout_o all_o europe_n but_o all_o must_v confess_v in_o most_o place_n as_o germany_n france_n etc._n etc._n do_v yet_o wear_v their_o sackcloth_n the_o woman_n as_o to_o this_o day_n abide_v in_o the_o wilderness_n the_o beast_n as_o to_o this_o day_n i_o real_o think_v in_o all_o the_o ten_o horn_n but_o as_o to_o the_o great_a part_n of_o they_o it_o be_v undeniable_a do_v yet_o continue_v to_o rage_n against_o the_o saint_n by_o persecute_v they_o under_o the_o notion_n of_o heretic_n or_o schismatic_n or_o enemy_n to_o civil_a government_n because_o they_o can_v but_o declare_v that_o the_o day_n be_v come_v in_o which_o god_n will_v destroy_v as_o well_o his_o monarchical_a power_n as_o his_o spiritual_a and_o ecclesiastical_a to_o tread_v under_o foot_n the_o holy_a city_n by_o establish_v power_n not_o of_o christ_n but_o his_o own_o create_v to_o be_v lord_n over_o god_n heritage_n to_o blaspheme_v god_n by_o blaspheme_v as_o do_v the_o wicked_a pharisee_n those_o very_a work_n and_o truth_n of_o god_n count_v they_o erroneous_a diabolical_a which_o
yet_o take_v he_o at_o some_o time_n when_o he_o be_v in_o his_o best_a mood_n he_o be_v convince_v in_o his_o conscience_n be_v of_o god_n yea_o and_o fear_n maugre_o all_o his_o opposition_n that_o these_o thing_n will_v prove_v his_o undo_n to_o tyrannize_v over_o the_o nation_n by_o continue_v those_o unrighteous_a law_n custom_n etc._n etc._n which_o be_v at_o first_o impose_v by_o the_o beast_n that_o by_o these_o he_o may_v like_v a_o imperious_a whore_n sit_v domineer_a upon_o the_o water_n revel_v 17.1.15_o that_o be_v be_v a_o tyrant_n over_o the_o people_n now_o i_o say_v consider_v that_o all_o these_o thing_n be_v in_o be_v unto_o this_o very_a day_n yea_o and_o that_o in_o all_o the_o ten_o horn_n to_o he_o that_o have_v but_o half_a a_o eye_n to_o see_v it_o can_v be_v that_o the_o forty_o two_o month_n the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n which_o be_v the_o limit_a time_n of_o the_o witness_n wear_v sackcloth_n the_o woman_n be_v in_o the_o wilderness_n the_o beast_n rage_n against_o the_o saint_n tread_v under_o foot_n the_o holy_a city_n his_o blaspheme_a god_n and_o his_o truth_n his_o tyranny_n over_o the_o nation_n shall_v be_v begin_v high_a than_o our_o aforesaid_a beginning_n for_o than_o shall_v we_o see_v a_o perfect_a end_n of_o those_o thing_n in_o part_n i.e._n in_o some_o of_o the_o ten_o horn_n at_o least_o which_o yet_o we_o see_v to_o have_v be_v and_o exist_v yea_o to_o be_v maintain_v in_o every_o one_o of_o they_o i_o therefore_o conclude_v that_o the_o forty_o two_o month_n the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n can_v be_v begin_v high_a than_o the_o year_n i_o have_v state_v that_o they_o can_v be_v begin_v low_a be_v clear_a and_o manifest_a because_o it_o be_v a_o monstrous_a absurdity_n to_o say_v that_o all_o the_o beast_n horn_n shall_v spring_v up_o before_o yet_o the_o beast_n be_v bring_v forth_o but_o as_o i_o have_v prove_v at_o large_a in_o the_o foregoing_a discourse_n all_o the_o horn_n be_v come_v forth_o but_o a_o few_o year_n low_a than_o the_o state_v year_n therefore_o must_v the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n rise_v who_o natural_o have_v be_v before_o his_o horn_n be_v as_o i_o have_v state_v it_o and_o can_v without_o that_o gross_a absurdity_n of_o place_v the_o beast_n after_o his_o horn_n be_v place_v low_a again_o all_o that_o begin_v low_o do_v not_o begin_v from_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n infancy_n or_o from_o the_o time_n of_o his_o first_o rise_n which_o none_o can_v or_o do_v deny_v but_o it_o be_v as_o early_o as_o we_o have_v state_v it_o the_o testimony_n of_o all_o the_o ancient_n be_v so_o full_a as_o touch_v the_o wonderful_a defection_n that_o be_v in_o the_o church_n about_o that_o time_n but_o rather_o they_o begin_v from_o the_o time_n of_o his_o growth_n either_o his_o full_a growth_n his_o perfect_a maturity_n or_o his_o growth_n in_o part_n only_o but_o now_o this_o beginning_n be_v express_o against_o the_o prophecy_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o point_v we_o to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n first_o rise_v as_o the_o time_n whence_o we_o be_v to_o reckon_v his_o forty_o two_o month_n this_o we_o may_v see_v revel_v 13._o in_o vers_n 5._o it_o be_v say_v power_n be_v give_v to_o he_o to_o continue_v forty_o two_o month_n whence_o be_v we_o to_o reckon_v these_o forty_o two_o month_n ans_fw-fr from_o the_o day_n he_o first_o receive_v his_o power_n and_o authority_n from_o the_o dragon_n vers_fw-la 2._o the_o dragon_n give_v he_o his_o power_n and_o his_o seat_n and_o great_a authority_n and_o when_o be_v that_o ans_fw-fr at_o the_o time_n of_o his_o first_o rise_n vers_n 1._o i_o see_v a_o beast_n rise_v up_o out_o of_o the_o sea_n have_v seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n and_o the_o dragon_n give_v he_o his_o power_n etc._n etc._n far_o let_v it_o be_v consider_v that_o the_o second_o beast_n or_o the_o ecclesiastical_a state_n of_o antichrist_n be_v set_v forth_o under_o a_o threefold_a representation_n in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n suitable_a to_o his_o threefold_a state_n viz._n of_o infancy_n maturity_n old_a age._n 1_o in_o his_o infant_n state_n he_o be_v a_o poor_a despicable_a beast_n creep_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n but_o not_o able_a as_o yet_o to_o make_v the_o nation_n crouch_v to_o he_o and_o therefore_o he_o borrow_v the_o power_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n i.e._n of_o the_o civil_a magistrate_n thereby_o to_o carry_v on_o his_o own_o design_n rev._n 13.11_o 12._o 2_o in_o his_o mature_a state_n the_o beast_n sit_v as_o a_o rich_a proud_a imperious_a whore_n upon_o the_o nation_n revel_v 17.1_o compare_v with_o 15._o and_o ride_v upon_o the_o back_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n or_o the_o magistraticall_a power_n of_o nation_n ver_fw-la 3._o rule_v they_o and_o the_o nation_n under_o they_o make_v they_o do_v even_o what_o this_o beast_n list_n 3_o in_o his_o decline_a state_n or_o old_a age_n he_o be_v a_o false_a prophet_n i.e._n he_o counterfeit_v abundance_n of_o holiness_n more_o than_o indeed_o he_o have_v or_o ever_o before_o profess_v the_o reason_n where_o of_o i_o take_v to_o be_v the_o first_o beast_n through_o his_o long_a ride_v and_o gall_v of_o he_o now_o begin_v to_o kick_v and_o will_v by_o no_o mean_n endure_v his_o rider_n any_o long_o the_o nation_n begin_v to_o see_v that_o this_o beast_n be_v not_o indeed_o as_o they_o have_v be_v all_o along_o hold_v in_o hand_n and_o make_v believe_v the_o woman_n the_o true_a church_n but_o a_o very_a strumpet_n that_o by_o whore_v and_o juggle_n have_v in_o all_o age_n make_v herself_o rich_a persecute_v the_o saint_n enslave_v they_o this_o make_v the_o nation_n begin_v to_o spurn_v likewise_o at_o this_o beast_n this_o beast_n now_o fear_v a_o downfall_n and_o know_v full_a well_o that_o if_o there_o be_v not_o some_o way_n find_v out_o to_o keep_v up_o his_o esteem_n with_o the_o first_o beast_n and_o the_o nation_n he_o be_v undo_v he_o proteus-like_a for_o indeed_o he_o be_v a_o monster_n never_o hear_v of_o in_o the_o world_n till_o antichrist_n kingdom_n begin_v change_v shape_n and_o as_o at_o first_o of_o a_o poor_a ragged_a beast_n become_v opportunity_n serve_v he_o a_o proud_a whore_n so_o now_o the_o beast_n when_o he_o can_v be_v a_o roll_a command_a whore_n no_o long_o transform_v himself_o into_o a_o false_a prophet_n pretend_v abundance_n of_o holiness_n that_o hereby_o he_o may_v keep_v up_o that_o esteem_n still_o with_o the_o first_o beast_n and_o the_o nation_n which_o once_o he_o have_v but_o have_v wellnigh_o lose_v through_o his_o domineer_a pride_n and_o imperiousness_n this_o be_v the_o true_a state_n of_o the_o second_o beast_n or_o of_o antichrist_n as_o consider_v in_o his_o ecclesiastical_a state_n throughout_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n and_o of_o this_o i_o have_v more_o full_o treat_v in_o my_o discourse_n upon_o the_o vial_n p._n 101._o to_o the_o 112._o now_o observe_v those_o who_o begin_v the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n from_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n growth_n or_o maturity_n leave_v out_o the_o first_o state_n of_o the_o second_o beast_n and_o begin_v their_o account_n with_o his_o second_o which_o certain_o we_o must_v not_o do_v but_o must_v carry_v our_o beginning_n so_o high_a as_o to_o take_v in_o all_o the_o three_o as_o the_o holy_a ghost_n have_v lay_v they_o down_o i_o therefore_o conclude_v that_o we_o may_v not_o begin_v low_o than_o the_o aforesaid_a year_n three_o hundred_o ninety_o six_o see_v therefore_o that_o we_o may_v not_o begin_v either_o high_a or_o low_o it_o necessary_o follow_v that_o we_o must_v begin_v with_o the_o year_n we_o have_v fix_v upon_o viz._n three_o hundred_o ninety_o six_o to_o which_o number_n add_v one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o the_o whole_a make_v up_o one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o six_o the_o result_n of_o my_o whole_a discourse_n in_o this_o second_o part_n be_v that_o the_o utmost_a period_n of_o the_o beast_n continuance_n the_o tread_v under_o foot_n the_o holy_a city_n the_o woman_n be_v in_o the_o wilderness_n the_o witness_n prophesy_v in_o sackcloth_n all_o which_o thing_n be_v concurrent_a will_v in_o great_a probability_n be_v anno_fw-la dom._n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o six_o thus_o johns_n one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n expire_v in_o the_o same_o year_n with_o daniel_n one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o ninety_o thus_o likewise_o in_o that_o very_a year_n in_o which_o from_o the_o creation_n the_o flood_n come_v upon_o the_o corrupt_a old_a world_n in_o that_o very_a year_n from_o our_o redemption_n come_v the_o flood_n of_o god_n wrath_n upon_o the_o idolatrous_a antichristian_a world_n the_o end_n of_o
the_o second_o part._n part_n iii_o compute_v the_o time_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n and_o show_v where_o the_o date_n of_o all_o worldly_a kingdom_n expire_v and_o when_o the_o five_o monarchy_n or_o that_o glorious_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o the_o saint_n which_o be_v to_o bear_v rule_n over_o all_o the_o earth_n shall_v be_v set_v up_o chap._n i._o of_o daniel_n two_o thousand_o and_o three_o hundred_o day_n the_o time_n that_o the_o prophetical_a and_o apocalyptical_a number_n be_v conversant_a about_o be_v either_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n tyranny_n or_o the_o time_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n tyranny_n we_o have_v treat_v of_o in_o our_o second_o part_n and_o show_v where_o the_o date_n of_o his_o commission_n end_v it_o now_o remain_v that_o we_o inquire_v into_o the_o time_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n to_o the_o end_n we_o may_v know_v how_o long_o that_o be_v to_o continue_v and_o when_o or_o by_o what_o time_n we_o may_v expect_v the_o total_a and_o final_a dissolution_n thereof_o two_o mystical_a number_n end_v at_o one_o and_o the_o same_o point_n afford_v we_o light_v into_o this_o question_n the_o one_o be_v daniel_n one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o five_o day_n chap._n 12.12_o the_o other_o his_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o chap._n 8.14_o i_o shall_v say_v no_o more_o as_o touch_v the_o first_o then_o what_o i_o have_v already_o write_v in_o my_o key_n judge_v what_o i_o have_v there_o lay_v down_o thesi_fw-la 20._o and_o thesi_fw-la 37._o to_o be_v sufficient_a as_o to_o it_o my_o present_a discourse_n shall_v therefore_o proceed_v upon_o the_o latter_a viz._n of_o the_o two_o thousand_o and_o three_o hundred_o day_n sect_n 1._o the_o common-road_n opinion_n be_v that_o the_o little_a horn_n mention_v in_o this_o eight_o of_o daniel_n be_v to_o be_v understand_v of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n the_o two_o thousand_o and_o three_o hundred_o day_n to_o be_v natural_a day_n a_o day_n consist_v of_o four_o and_o twenty_o hour_n so_o the_o whole_a make_v up_o six_o year_n three_o month_n and_o twenty_o day_n which_o the_o author_n &_o favourer_n of_o this_o opinion_n apply_v to_o the_o time_n of_o antiochus_n rage_n against_o the_o jew_n now_o in_o order_n to_o our_o answer_n hereunto_o let_v we_o premise_v that_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n of_o the_o great_a image_n chap._n 2._o the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 7._o the_o vile_a person_n chap._n 11._o who_o be_v describe_v from_o vers_fw-la 21._o to_o vers_n 40._o and_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o his_o second_o state_n or_o second_o wax_v great_a in_o this_o eight_o chapter_n be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o the_o very_a same_o state_n or_o person_n if_o a_o particular_a person_n be_v here_o mean_v be_v signify_v by_o all_o these_o and_o this_o need_v no_o proof_n because_o the_o common_a opinion_n have_v grant_v it_o by_o make_v application_n of_o all_o that_o the_o holy_a ghost_n have_v speak_v as_o touch_v either_o of_o these_o to_o that_o horrible_a monster_n antiochus_n epiphanes_n thereby_o plain_o confess_v that_o one_o and_o the_o same_o thing_n be_v signify_v in_o the_o aforesaid_a part_n of_o each_o prophecy_n this_o premise_a let_v we_o examine_v what_o truth_n there_o be_v in_o this_o principle_n so_o much_o hug_v and_o contend_v for_o by_o many_o as_o the_o only_a door_n of_o light_n into_o daniel_n and_o although_o more_o can_v hardly_o be_v say_v in_o answer_n hereunto_o than_o what_o have_v be_v already_o by_o some_o worthy_a man_n of_o late_a time_n who_o have_v oppose_v themselves_o to_o this_o opinion_n as_o mr._n archer_n in_o his_o personal_a reign_n the_o author_n of_o clavis_fw-la apocalyptica_fw-la ad_fw-la incudem_fw-la revocata_fw-la but_o above_o all_o the_o learned_a parker_n in_o his_o daniel_n vision_n and_o prophecy_n expound_v yet_o because_o in_o principle_n that_o man_n be_v wed_v too_o as_o ordinary_o they_o be_v to_o all_o be_v they_o right_a or_o wrong_n that_o have_v but_o a_o crowd_n of_o learned_a man_n to_o patronize_v they_o they_o have_v rather_o to_o use_v the_o popish_a proverb_n believe_v as_o the_o church_n believe_v then_o look_v out_o for_o a_o author_n that_o be_v contrary_a to_o their_o mind_n i_o think_v it_o worth_a my_o pain_n in_o opposition_n to_o this_o opinion_n to_o present_v here_o though_o i_o shall_v but_o multiply_v whilst_o i_o so_o do_v thing_n already_o publish_v some_o of_o those_o argument_n that_o be_v and_o may_v be_v bring_v against_o it_o not_o doubt_v but_o that_o those_o who_o sincere_o love_v truth_n will_v see_v reason_n enough_o to_o be_v of_o my_o mind_n as_o for_o other_o who_o follow_v the_o genius_n of_o this_o age_n which_o be_v to_o be_v sick_a sullen_a and_o humoursome_a when_o any_o truth_n cross_v those_o principle_n they_o have_v receive_v by_o tradition_n from_o their_o forefather_n have_v a_o principle_n or_o a_o will_v i_o know_v not_o which_o i_o may_v call_v it_o that_o they_o will_v not_o see_v any_o thing_n but_o with_o the_o eye_n of_o their_o forefather_n or_o the_o multitude_n of_o the_o learned_a doctor_n of_o the_o time_n let_v scripture_n or_o right_a reason_n speak_v ever_o so_o clear_a or_o punctual_a i_o leave_v such_o to_o the_o judgement_n of_o be_v yet_o far_o blind_v but_o to_o come_v to_o the_o opinion_n itself_o the_o question_n be_v whether_o do_v this_o prophecy_n chap._n 8._o run_v upon_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n or_o no_o this_o resolve_v it_o will_v be_v easy_o determine_v whether_o the_o day_n be_v natural_a or_o prophetical_a to_o this_o i_o answer_v that_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n notwithstanding_o commentator_n have_v fearful_o and_o shameful_o stretch_v the_o text_n reason_n and_o the_o very_a sinew_n of_o the_o ancient_a history_n to_o gather_v up_o something_o that_o may_v colourable_o make_v the_o whole_a to_o agree_v to_o he_o can_v be_v the_o person_n here_o mean_v unless_o we_o look_v upon_o he_o as_o a_o common_a tyrant_n and_o persecutor_n and_o so_o i_o deny_v not_o but_o that_o many_o thing_n speak_v of_o antichrist_n that_o grand_a tyrant_n and_o persecutor_n of_o the_o saint_n may_v very_o fit_o be_v apply_v to_o he_o yea_o i_o think_v withal_o that_o there_o may_v be_v a_o special_a design_n of_o god_n in_o it_o that_o many_o of_o the_o thing_n here_o mention_v shall_v be_v fair_o appliable_a to_o he_o and_o other_o that_o so_o thereby_o door_n of_o mistake_n may_v be_v leave_v open_a and_o by_o it_o the_o prophecy_n keep_v seal_v which_o otherwise_o in_o a_o ordinary_a way_n can_v not_o have_v be_v until_o the_o appoint_a time_n and_o the_o same_o design_n seem_v to_o i_o to_o run_v also_o through_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n in_o open_v which_o it_o be_v very_o easy_a to_o mistake_v if_o every_o thing_n which_o have_v a_o plausible_a look_n and_o fair_a colour_n outward_o may_v present_o be_v take_v up_o as_o a_o interpretation_n but_o to_o pass_v this_o and_o come_v to_o the_o thing_n that_o this_o prophecy_n as_o hold_v the_o common_a opinion_n shall_v terminate_v in_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n and_o so_o have_v its_o fulfil_n before_o the_o first_o come_v of_o christ_n can_v be_v my_o reason_n be_v because_o it_o will_v not_o agree_v to_o the_o mind_n of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n in_o any_o one_o of_o daniel_n four_o prophesier_n before_o mention_v first_o to_o begin_v with_o that_o of_o the_o great_a image_n chap._n 2._o this_o opinion_n do_v no_o way_n correspond_v with_o the_o truth_n of_o that_o prophecy_n 1_o because_o that_o prophecy_n run_v down_o into_o the_o latter_a day_n or_o the_o end_n of_o day_n as_o our_o new_a annotationist_n upon_o the_o bible_n render_v it_o vers_n 28._o but_o there_o be_v a_o god_n in_o heaven_n that_o reveal_v secret_n and_o make_v know_v to_o the_o king_n nabuchadnezzar_n what_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o latter_a day_n but_o this_o can_v be_v shall_v the_o whole_a have_v its_o accomplishment_n two_o hundred_o year_n before_o christ_n birth_n as_o this_o opinion_n do_v and_o must_v necessary_o maintain_v for_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n who_o kingdom_n they_o will_v have_v to_o belong_v to_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n which_o be_v the_o extreme_a and_o utmost_a part_n of_o the_o image_n and_o therefore_o the_o close_a of_o the_o prophecy_n reign_v two_o hundred_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o christ_n 2_o because_o the_o iron_n leg_n be_v call_v the_o four_o kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n vers_fw-la 40._o and_o the_o four_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v strong_a as_o iron_n but_o this_o opinion_n which_o apply_v the_o leg_n and_o foot_n to_o the_o race_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n one_o of_o that_o race_n make_v the_o iron_n leg_n and_o foot_n a_o part_n of_o the_o three_o kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n for_o the_o house_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o antiochus_n
he_o three_o the_o preface_n prefix_v to_o the_o four_o beast_n after_o this_o i_o see_v in_o the_o night_n vision_n and_o behold_v a_o four_o beast_n dreadful_a vers_fw-la 7._o the_o propose_v of_o he_o without_o a_o name_n as_o a_o unknown_a monster_n the_o solicitous_a and_o curious_a enquiry_n of_o daniel_n concern_v he_o ver_fw-la 19_o the_o bestow_n of_o a_o far_o large_a &_o more_o accurate_a description_n upon_o he_o then_o upon_o the_o former_a beast_n do_v plain_o argue_v that_o the_o four_o kingdom_n here_o signify_v be_v far_o more_o great_a and_o wonderful_a than_o any_o of_o the_o former_a and_o therefore_o can_v be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleveidae_n four_o the_o four_o beast_n be_v say_v to_o be_v dreadful_a and_o terrible_a and_o very_o strong_a in_o comparison_n with_o the_o beast_n go_v before_o have_v iron_n tooth_n and_o brazen_a nail_n devour_v and_o break_v in_o piece_n and_o stamp_v the_o residue_n under_o foot_n but_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n be_v weak_a than_o that_o of_o alexander_n as_o be_v express_o say_v chap._n 8.22_o and_o do_v not_o devour_v and_o destroy_v so_o as_o the_o former_a kingdom_n as_o enter_v upon_o a_o world_n subdue_v already_o by_o alexander_n the_o great_a therefore_o the_o four_o kingdom_n can_v be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n thou_o will_v say_v the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v thus_o express_v not_o in_o relation_n to_o the_o world_n or_o state_n general_a but_o to_o the_o jewish_a church_n unto_o which_o it_o be_v more_o terrible_a and_o strong_a than_o the_o former_a but_o it_o be_v manifest_a that_o the_o iron_n strength_n be_v the_o character_n of_o this_o kingdom_n distinguish_v it_o in_o a_o general_a and_o unlimited_a comparison_n with_o the_o kingdom_n go_v before_o to_o exert_v in_o some_o particular_a place_n such_o as_o judea_n more_o cruelty_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o weakness_n of_o the_o people_n and_o not_o by_o reason_n of_o his_o own_o absolute_a strength_n be_v not_o a_o sufficient_a reason_n that_o he_o shall_v be_v characterise_v and_o distinguish_v from_o the_o other_o by_o the_o character_n of_o strength_n and_o fearfulness_n no_o more_o very_o than_o the_o spanish_a inquisition_n or_o phalaris_n or_o some_o other_o tyrant_n may_v be_v superlative_o compare_v in_o strength_n with_o cyrus_n alexander_n julius_n caesar_n because_o more_o cruel_a and_o formidable_a than_o they_o in_o respect_n of_o some_o weak_a and_o not_o resist_v person_n over_o who_o without_o exertion_n of_o much_o strength_n they_o may_v easy_o exercise_v their_o tyranny_n again_o their_o strength_n be_v not_o so_o much_o terrible_a to_o the_o jew_n as_o nebuchadnezar_n or_o haman_n be_v and_o the_o jew_n against_o the_o seleucidae_n will_v have_v vindicate_v themselves_o into_o liberty_n and_o have_v defend_v themselves_o sufficient_o have_v not_o the_o roman_n come_v upon_o they_o and_o break_v they_o down_o at_o last_o and_o the_o seleucidae_n together_o last_o it_o be_v express_o say_v that_o the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v thus_o strong_a irony_n and_o terrible_a not_o only_o in_o relation_n to_o the_o jew_n but_o also_o to_o the_o whole_a earth_n vers_fw-la 23._o for_o it_o devour_v and_o tread_v down_o the_o whole_a earth_n 5_o because_o this_o beast_n be_v say_v to_o be_v unlike_a to_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v before_o it_o whereas_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n be_v like_o other_o kingdom_n some_o say_v it_o be_v unlike_a in_o respect_n of_o the_o ten_o horn_n but_o these_o as_o they_o will_v have_v it_o be_v ten_o succeed_a king_n which_o in_o kind_n and_o nature_n be_v ordinary_a to_o all_o kingdom_n they_o say_v it_o be_v extraordinary_a in_o this_o respect_n because_o some_o of_o the_o egyptian_a king_n be_v mix_v in_o the_o number_n but_o what_o ground_n be_v there_o of_o such_o a_o mixture_n because_o say_v they_o they_o be_v describe_v chap._n 11._o ans_fw-fr but_o in_o chapter_n eleven_o be_v no_o mention_n make_v of_o ten_o horn_n and_o the_o number_n there_o be_v not_o adaequate_o ten_o no_o reason_n to_o extrude_v some_o to_o intrude_v other_o but_o rather_o contrary_a to_o reason_n as_o graserus_n show_v 6_o because_o the_o four_o beast_n have_v ten_o horn_n and_o a_o little_a horn_n arise_v after_o they_o by_o who_o three_o of_o the_o former_a be_v root_v out_o vers_n 7_o 8._o how_o will_v this_o agree_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n they_o say_v they_o be_v ten_o succeed_v king_n whereof_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n be_v the_o ten_o and_o last_o and_o the_o same_o the_o little_a horn._n ans_fw-fr but_o if_o only_a by_o succession_n then_o real_o in_o all_o particular_a difference_n of_o time_n it_o have_v but_o one_o horn_n and_o so_o the_o kingdom_n may_v rather_o be_v say_v to_o have_v one_o horn_n then_o ten_o 2._o these_o ten_o horn_n here_o describe_v exi_v at_o the_o same_o time_n not_o by_o succession_n because_o the_o little_a horn_n arise_v among_o they_o vers_n 8._o and_o his_o look_n be_v more_o stout_a than_o his_o fellow_n vers_fw-la 20.3_o how_o can_v antiochus_n epiphanes_n be_v both_o the_o little_a horn_n and_o also_o the_o last_o of_o the_o ten_o see_v the_o little_a horn_n be_v say_v to_o arise_v beside_o and_o after_o they_o ver_fw-la 8.20_o 24._o 4._o antiochus_n can_v be_v the_o little_a horn_n because_o the_o little_a horn_n arise_v grow_v great_a and_o great_a and_o more_o stately_a than_o the_o other_o horn_n vers_n 2_o 20â—_n whereas_o antiochus_n be_v not_o so_o great_a as_o his_o father_n antiochus_n magnus_n 5._o what_o be_v the_o three_o horn_n and_o how_o do_v they_o fall_v before_o antiochus_n ver_fw-la 8._o it_o be_v say_v that_o they_o be_v prolomeus_n philopater_n king_n of_o egypt_n seleucus_n the_o brother_n of_o antiochus_n and_z demetrius_z but_o be_v seleucus_n root_v out_o because_o he_o die_v by_o slow_a and_o linger_a hatred_n and_o how_o can_v demetrius_n be_v one_o of_o the_o three_o which_o be_v not_o reckon_v by_o the_o author_n of_o this_o opinion_n among_o the_o ten_o vers_fw-la 8._o last_o by_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o three_o the_o little_a horn_n grow_v great_a than_o the_o rest_n whereas_o nothing_o be_v add_v to_o antiochus_n beside_o the_o ancient_a kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n 6._o six_o the_o little_a horn_n rage_v against_o the_o saint_n until_o a_o time_n time_n and_o a_o half_a how_o will_v this_o agree_v unto_o antiochus_n because_o say_v they_o the_o temple_n be_v profane_v by_o antiochus_n three_o year_n and_o ten_o day_n ans_fw-fr but_o here_o it_o be_v half_a a_o time_n or_o half_o a_o year_n as_o also_o appear_v by_o compare_v chap._n 12.7_o apoc._n 12.14_o and_o ten_o day_n make_v not_o half_a a_o year_n 7._o the_o beast_n fall_v in_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n vers_fw-la 11._o but_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n do_v not_o fall_v in_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n 7_o because_o it_o be_v extend_v until_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n vers_n 13_o 14._o which_o be_v his_o second_o come_v apoc._n 1.7_o mat._n 24.30_o &_o 26.64_o for_o it_o be_v not_o say_v that_o he_o ascend_v in_o the_o cloud_n but_o that_o he_o come_v ver_fw-la 13._o 8_o it_o be_v extend_v to_o the_o time_n when_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o earth_n shall_v be_v the_o lord_n and_o his_o christ_n ver_fw-la 14._o with_o apoc._n 11.15_o and_o when_o the_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a all_o hostile_a force_n utter_o suppress_v ver_fw-la 14.26_o ch_n 2.44_o apoc._n 11.17_o 18._o and_o how_o can_v this_o be_v verify_v in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n upon_o these_o ground_n it_o appear_v that_o the_o aforesaid_a opinion_n will_v no_o way_n agree_v to_o daniel_n prophecy_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n and_o the_o little_a horn._n three_o for_o daniel_n great_a prophecy_n ch_n 10._o chap._n 11._o chap._n 12._o this_o opinion_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n can_v agree_v to_o it_o 1_o because_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n of_o the_o great_a image_n chap._n 2._o the_o little_a horn._n chap._n 7._o and_o the_o vile_a person_n in_o this_o prophecy_n chap._n 11.21_o be_v as_o before_o i_o have_v observe_v one_o and_o the_o same_o but_o the_o two_o first_o as_o have_v be_v already_o prove_v can_v agree_v to_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n therefore_o not_o this_o last_o 2_o because_o this_o prophecy_n bring_v we_o to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n chap._n 11.35_o some_o of_o they_o of_o understanding_n shall_v fall_v to_o try_v they_o even_o to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n vers_n 40._o at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n shall_v the_o king_n of_o the_o south_n push_n at_o he_o chap._n 12.4_o seal_v the_o book_n even_o to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n vers_n 9_o yea_o to_o the_o very_a end_n of_o day_n
cyrus_n its_o proper_a date_n i._n e._n reckon_v the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n and_o darius_n not_o the_o year_n that_o babylon_n fall_v but_o the_o year_n after_o and_o partly_o that_o we_o may_v observe_v how_o that_o in_o the_o very_a year_n the_o mede_n and_o persian_n destroy_v babel_n the_o lord_n reveal_v to_o daniel_n the_o destruction_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n and_o the_o monarchy_n after_o they_o hitherto_o dr._n lightfoot_n give_v i_o leave_v to_o add_v as_o a_o far_a explication_n that_o that_o king_n business_n which_o vers_fw-la 27._o daniel_n be_v say_v to_o do_v be_v no_o way_n likely_a to_o be_v belshazzar_n who_o neither_o know_v daniel_n nor_o have_v daniel_n to_o do_v with_o he_o as_o the_o word_n chap._n 5._o vers_fw-la 10_o 11_o 12_o 13_o 14_o 15_o 16._o seem_v to_o import_v but_o very_o likely_a to_o be_v darius_n who_o upon_o the_o take_n of_o babylon_n set_v precedent_n over_o the_o kingdom_n or_o empire_n of_o which_o daniel_n be_v first_o chap._n 6.1_o 2._o and_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o nature_n of_o his_o employment_n it_o be_v meet_v his_o abode_n shall_v be_v in_o the_o royal_a city_n of_o the_o empire_n where_o he_o may_v better_o attend_v it_o then_o he_o can_v elsewhere_o now_o this_o be_v not_o babylon_n but_o shushan_n as_o appear_v esther_n 1.2_o where_o therefore_o daniel_n now_o be_v not_o visional_o as_o say_v some_o but_o real_o and_o personal_o as_o be_v clear_a from_o vers_fw-la 2._o and_o i_o see_v in_o a_o vision_n and_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o i_o see_v that_o i_o be_v at_o shushan_n in_o the_o palace_n which_o be_v in_o the_o province_n of_o elam_n and_o i_o see_v in_o a_o vision_n and_o i_o be_v by_o the_o river_n of_o ulai_n have_v daniel_n be_v in_o the_o place_n here_o mention_v visional_o only_a he_o will_v never_o have_v speak_v of_o two_o place_n for_o visional_o how_o can_v he_o see_v himself_o at_o shushan_n in_o the_o palace_n and_o also_o by_o the_o river_n of_o ulai_n at_o the_o same_o time_n behold_v the_o same_o vision_n the_o meaning_n therefore_o undoubted_o be_v daniel_n by_o virtue_n of_o his_o residence_n at_o the_o time_n he_o see_v this_o vision_n be_v at_o shushan_n in_o the_o palace_n but_o local_o he_o be_v either_o walk_v abroad_o to_o pray_v meditate_v refresh_v himself_o etc._n etc._n by_o the_o river_n of_o ulai_n as_o when_o he_o see_v his_o great_a vision_n chap._n 10._o he_o be_v by_o the_o river_n hiddekel_n vers_fw-la 4._o and_o this_o not_o visional_o but_o real_o for_o he_o have_v company_n with_o he_o vers_n 7.8_o so_o be_v daniel_n at_o this_o time_n real_o and_o personal_o by_o a_o river_n call_v ulai_n near_o adjoin_v in_o all_o probability_n to_o shushan_n the_o palace_n where_o he_o see_v this_o vision_n now_o what_o make_v daniel_n there_o if_o at_o the_o time_n of_o this_o vision_n babylon_n be_v not_o take_v it_o must_v therefore_o be_v that_o babylon_n be_v now_o take_v and_o the_o monarchy_n translate_v although_o the_o vision_n bear_v date_n for_o the_o reason_n give_v by_o dr._n lightfoot_n the_o three_o of_o belshazzar_n now_o it_o be_v so_o that_o belshazzar_n three_o be_v the_o last_o year_n of_o the_o babylon_n a_o monarchy_n and_o consequent_o cyrus_n first_o the_o very_a next_o year_n our_o beginning_n of_o the_o two_o thousand_o and_o three_o hundred_o day_n agree_v most_o fit_o to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n for_o observe_v the_o three_o of_o belshazzar_n be_v the_o current_a year_n its_o necessary_a therefore_o that_o we_o do_v not_o bring_v that_o into_o our_o account_n but_o let_v it_o fall_v the_o very_a first_o year_n therefore_o that_o we_o either_o may_v or_o can_v begin_v our_o account_n upon_o be_v cyrus_n first_o which_o begin_v with_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o follow_a year_n and_o therefore_o to_o begin_v the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o day_n with_o the_o first_o of_o cyrus_n agree_v most_o excellent_o both_o to_o the_o matter_n and_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n this_o therefore_o i_o conclude_v to_o be_v the_o only_a true_a beginning_n sect_n 5._o but_o ere_o i_o can_v proceed_v far_o one_o thing_n there_o be_v somewhat_o needful_a to_o be_v inquire_v into_o viz._n whether_o or_o no_o be_v the_o second_o monarchy_n to_o take_v its_o beginning_n as_o i_o have_v say_v from_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n the_o persian_a or_o whether_o have_v it_o not_o its_o beginning_n some_o year_n before_o under_o darius_n the_o mede_n the_o ground_n of_o this_o question_n be_v because_o daniel_n make_v mention_n of_o one_o darius_n the_o median_a take_v the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n from_o belshazzer_n dan._n 5.30_o 31._o and_o also_o speak_v of_o he_o as_o a_o person_n distinct_a from_o cyrus_n dan._n 6.28_o some_o to_o salve_v this_o difficulty_n will_v have_v this_o darius_n the_o mede_n to_o be_v king_n of_o the_o babylonian_n not_o by_o conquest_n but_o by_o election_n and_o their_o conjecture_n upon_o this_o business_n run_v thus_o that_o king_n belshazzar_n be_v slay_v the_o night_n after_o his_o great_a feast_n by_o a_o conspiracy_n of_o those_o of_o his_o friend_n that_o he_o call_v to_o his_o banquet_n among_o these_o conspirator_n this_o darius_n the_o mede_n be_v one_o who_o be_v a_o man_n ancient_a wise_a and_o of_o great_a authority_n among_o the_o babylonian_n they_o though_o he_o be_v a_o mede_n and_o a_o stranger_n yet_o to_o avoid_v contention_n for_o the_o kingdom_n nebuchadnezar_n line_n be_v end_v in_o belshazzar_n confer_v it_o on_o he_o those_o of_o this_o opinion_n give_v to_o this_o darius_n the_o mede_n some_o seventeen_o some_o eighteen_o year_n now_o although_o this_o opinion_n as_o lay_v down_o by_o the_o author_n of_o it_o hurt_v not_o we_o great_o because_o the_o time_n they_o allow_v to_o this_o darius_n the_o mede_n they_o give_v to_o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n reckon_v the_o seventeen_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n into_o the_o seventy_o of_o the_o captivity_n and_o not_o to_o the_o persian_a which_o they_o with_o one_o mouth_n confess_v begin_v with_o the_o first_o of_o cyrus_n who_o say_v they_o take_v the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n not_o from_o belshazzar_n but_o from_o this_o darius_n the_o mede_n yet_o because_o if_o once_o we_o grant_v it_o that_o the_o reign_n of_o this_o darius_n the_o mede_n be_v distinct_a in_o regard_n of_o time_n from_o the_o reign_n of_o cyrus_n the_o persian_a there_o will_v be_v then_o force_n enough_o in_o daniel_n to_o beat_v we_o yea_o and_o all_o chronologer_n off_o their_o ground_n while_o they_o account_v the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n to_o be_v the_o first_o year_n of_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n i_o shall_v not_o therefore_o let_v the_o opinion_n pass_v by_o without_o a_o examination_n and_o although_o it_o be_v enough_o to_o destroy_v the_o credit_n of_o it_o to_o say_v that_o the_o whole_a of_o the_o story_n this_o opinion_n be_v found_v upon_o be_v but_o pure_a conjecture_n there_o be_v not_o one_o tittle_n in_o the_o whole_a scripture_n to_o bring_v we_o to_o the_o belief_n of_o such_o a_o thing_n yet_o shall_v i_o not_o insist_v upon_o that_o but_o rather_o prove_v how_o that_o this_o opinion_n do_v not_o only_o want_v scripture_n warrant_v but_o manifest_o fight_v with_o the_o scripture_n for_o it_o be_v most_o evident_a from_o daniel_n that_o darius_n the_o mede_n there_o mention_v do_v reign_v in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n and_o not_o as_o say_v this_o opinion_n in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o babylonian_a the_o reason_n of_o this_o be_v 1_o because_o daniel_n as_o i_o have_v prove_v before_o be_v in_o that_o very_a year_n which_o be_v call_v belshazzar_n third_n in_o shushan_n the_o royal_a city_n of_o persia_n now_o what_o make_v daniel_n there_o if_o in_o this_o very_a year_n the_o monarchy_n be_v not_o translate_v if_o the_o monarchy_n be_v now_o translate_v where_o shall_v we_o find_v room_n for_o the_o seventeen_o or_o eighteen_o year_n of_o its_o continuance_n afterward_o it_o may_v be_v say_v daniel_n be_v in_o shushan_n by_o the_o power_n and_o authority_n of_o darius_n the_o mede_n who_o though_o he_o be_v now_o elect_v king_n of_o babylon_n yet_o have_v still_o great_a power_n at_o home_n and_o by_o virtue_n of_o that_o settle_v and_o prefer_v daniel_n in_o shushan_n ans_fw-fr but_o shushan_n do_v not_o belong_v to_o the_o territory_n of_o the_o mede_n but_o of_o the_o persian_n for_o it_o be_v the_o city_n royal_a of_o that_o country_n now_o say_v the_o author_n of_o this_o opinion_n cyrus_n king_n of_o persia_n be_v a_o profess_a enemy_n to_o this_o darius_n the_o mede_n and_o do_v in_o the_o end_n take_v the_o kingdom_n of_o babylon_n from_o he_o upon_o their_o principle_n therefore_o how_o can_v it_o be_v imagine_v that_o daniel_n shall_v reside_v in_o shushan_n in_o
the_o time_n of_o darius_n the_o mede_n if_o this_o darius_n the_o mede_n as_o they_o say_v do_v belong_v to_o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n and_o be_v a_o enemy_n to_o cyrus_n for_o may_v it_o be_v suppose_v that_o darius_n power_n can_v settle_v and_o prefer_v daniel_n in_o his_o enemy_n country_n yea_o in_o the_o city_n royal_a and_o that_o of_o such_o a_o enemy_n as_o be_v more_o potent_a than_o himself_o it_o can_v be_v 2_o because_o this_o darius_n the_o mede_n do_v rule_v by_o the_o law_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n as_o be_v clear_a dan._n 6._o vers_fw-la 8_o 12_o 15._o he_o must_v therefore_o belong_v to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n and_o not_o of_o the_o babylonian_a for_o who_o can_v think_v the_o babylonian_n be_v so_o stupid_a such_o fool_n and_o madman_n as_o to_o suffer_v a_o king_n a_o stranger_n who_o come_v in_o among_o they_o not_o by_o any_o conquest_n or_o power_n that_o he_o have_v to_o conquer_v they_o but_o as_o say_v this_o opinion_n by_o their_o free_a choice_n which_o be_v a_o matter_n of_o courtesy_n towards_o he_o i_o say_v to_o suffer_v such_o a_o one_o to_o rule_v absolute_o by_o the_o law_n of_o his_o own_o country_n and_o not_o rather_o by_o they_o be_v a_o thing_n that_o we_o can_v easy_o imagine_v that_o any_o other_o unless_o very_a fool_n or_o madman_n in_o such_o a_o case_n will_v consent_v unto_o 3_o because_o it_o appear_v from_o the_o faith_n and_o fervency_n of_o daniel_n and_o his_o urge_v present_a deliverance_n so_o much_o as_o he_o do_v in_o that_o prayer_n of_o his_o chap._n 9_o which_o prayer_n be_v make_v in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o this_o darius_n the_o mede_n as_o vers_n 1._o tell_v we_o that_o daniel_n do_v now_o look_v upon_o the_o seveny_a year_n as_o run_v out_o which_o also_o he_o seem_v to_o intimate_v vers_n 2._o at_o this_o time_n of_o his_o pray_n which_o consideration_n put_v life_n courage_n faith_n boldness_n into_o he_o but_o now_o according_a to_o this_o opinion_n there_o shall_v be_v seventeen_o or_o eighteen_o year_n of_o the_o seventy_o yet_o to_o expire_v which_o sure_o in_o case_n daniel_n have_v so_o look_v upon_o it_o it_o will_v have_v be_v a_o great_a cool_n to_o his_o spirit_n a_o quench_n to_o his_o faith_n so_o as_o he_o can_v never_o have_v urge_v as_o he_o do_v vers_fw-la 16_o 17._o a_o present_a turn_v away_o of_o god_n anger_n cause_v his_o face_n to_o shine_v upon_o they_o nor_o will_v he_o ever_o have_v plead_v as_o he_o do_v vers_fw-la 19_o defer_v not_o for_o thy_o own_o sake_n o_o my_o god_n for_o how_o can_v he_o with_o faith_n have_v utter_v those_o word_n defer_v not_o if_o he_o have_v look_v upon_o the_o time_n of_o their_o deliverance_n to_o be_v remote_a seventeen_o or_o eighteen_o year_n 4_o because_o the_o scripture_n be_v clear_a and_o punctual_a that_o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n end_v in_o belshazzar_n therefore_o may_v we_o not_o look_v for_o any_o darius_n to_o succeed_v he_o in_o that_o monarchy_n this_o we_o have_v dan._n 5.26_o god_n have_v number_v thy_o kingdom_n and_o finish_v it_o these_o word_n be_v not_o to_o be_v refer_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o belshazzar_n in_o particular_a but_o to_o the_o whole_a babylonian_a monarchy_n call_v belshazzar_n kingdom_n because_o he_o now_o sway_v the_o sceptre_n in_o it_o the_o continuance_n whereof_o be_v number_v by_o god_n or_o measure_v out_o to_o be_v seventy_o year_n jer._n 25.11_o 12._o jer._n 29.10_o which_o determine_v time_n be_v now_o expire_v or_o finish_v as_o the_o text_n tell_v we_o therefore_o no_o room_n be_v leave_v for_o a_o darius_n to_o succeed_v in_o this_o monarchy_n 5_o because_o belshazzar_n kingdom_n be_v divide_v when_o he_o lose_v it_o betwixt_o the_o mede_n and_o the_o persian_n dan._n 5.28_o thy_o kingdom_n be_v divide_v and_o give_v to_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n but_o according_a to_o this_o opinion_n if_o darius_n the_o mede_n as_o a_o king_n elect_v do_v first_o possess_v the_o whole_a and_o after_o he_o cyrus_n the_o persian_a by_o conquest_n gain_v the_o whole_a what_o division_n be_v there_o true_o either_o have_v what_o once_o be_v belshazzar_n kingdom_n but_o see_v they_o succeed_v each_o other_o in_o it_o and_o either_o be_v a_o possessor_n of_o the_o whole_a here_o can_v be_v no_o division_n where_o one_o have_v all_o be_v no_o division_n 6_o because_o the_o word_n of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n dan._n 11.1_o import_v as_o much_o as_o if_o that_o this_o darius_n the_o mede_n have_v be_v use_v by_o god_n in_o the_o do_v some_o eminent_a service_n for_o he_o and_o his_o people_n also_o v._n 3._o in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o darius_n the_o mede_n even_o i_o stand_v up_o to_o confirm_v and_o strengthen_v he_o god_n stand_v up_o to_o confirm_v and_o strengthen_v darius_n in_o the_o first_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n be_v a_o argument_n of_o some_o remarkable_a work_n that_o be_v do_v for_o god_n in_o this_o year_n now_o if_o we_o place_v darius_n first_o year_n with_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n its_o evident_a enough_o what_o this_o work_n be_v namely_o the_o give_a way_n to_o israel_n return_n out_o of_o babylon_n the_o make_v he_o willing_a to_o that_o work_n which_o outward_o may_v seem_v to_o his_o loss_n and_o disadvantage_n but_o in_o case_n we_o place_n darius_n first_o year_n as_o do_v this_o opinion_n sixteen_o or_o seventeen_o year_n before_o the_o expiration_n of_o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n let_v it_o be_v show_v from_o scripture_n what_o that_o eminent_a piece_n of_o service_n be_v that_o be_v do_v for_o god_n in_o that_o year_n from_o the_o whole_a i_o conclude_v that_o darius_n the_o mede_n speak_v of_o by_o daniel_n do_v not_o reign_v in_o the_o end_a time_n of_o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n but_o in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o persian_a but_o it_o may_v be_v say_v if_o so_o then_o of_o necessity_n must_v we_o begin_v the_o persian_a monarchy_n not_o with_o the_o first_o of_o cyrus_n as_o before_o but_o with_o the_o first_o year_n of_o darius_n and_o if_o so_o then_o be_v not_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o day_n which_o i_o have_v say_v begin_v with_o the_o first_o of_o cyrus_n state_v aright_o answ_n it_o do_v not_o follow_v for_o though_o it_o be_v confess_v that_o darius_n do_v reign_v in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n yet_o do_v it_o not_o therefore_o follow_v that_o cyrus_n do_v not_o unless_o it_o can_v be_v prove_v that_o these_o two_o do_v succeed_v each_o other_o which_o can_v be_v from_o scripture_n but_o rather_o the_o contrary_n be_v manifest_a viz._n that_o cyrus_n and_o darius_n be_v contemporary_n and_o indeed_o copartner_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o babylon_n after_o the_o same_o be_v take_v for_o let_v it_o be_v consider_v that_o the_o take_n of_o babylon_n be_v not_o a_o act_n perform_v by_o cyrus_n alone_o nor_o by_o darius_n alone_o but_o it_o be_v their_o joint_a act_n they_o two_o one_o being_z king_n of_o the_o persian_n the_o other_o of_o the_o mede_n and_o as_o history_n report_v ally_v the_o one_o to_o the_o other_o join_v force_n and_o with_o their_o unite_a strength_n march_v up_o against_o babylon_n besiege_v it_o take_v it_o and_o this_o be_v clear_o the_o mind_n of_o the_o scripture_n and_o that_o opinion_n only_o which_o with_o scripture_n approbation_n will_v stand_v for_o 1_o the_o scripture_n attribute_n the_o take_n of_o babylon_n to_o either_o of_o they_o as_o be_v their_o joint_a act_n it_o be_v attribute_v to_o darius_n dan._n 5.31_o to_o cyrus_n isa_n 45.1_o 2_o 3._o which_o be_v a_o clear_a prophecy_n of_o cyrus_n his_o take_v babylon_n to_o say_v as_o some_o that_o cyrus_n in_o the_o take_n of_o babylon_n do_v act_n as_o general_n of_o the_o army_n under_o darius_n be_v not_o only_o a_o thing_n without_o scripture-warrant_a but_o a_o thing_n in_o itself_o very_o incredible_a viz._n that_o cyrus_n who_o as_o all_o history_n report_v have_v before_o the_o take_n of_o babylon_n reign_v some_o year_n as_o king_n among_o the_o persian_n and_o be_v for_o his_o warlike_a exploit_n and_o victory_n the_o most_o famous_a man_n then_o live_v have_v also_o hitherto_o in_o his_o way_n meet_v with_o no_o check_n or_o frown_v of_o providence_n shall_v upon_o the_o sudden_a in_o the_o midst_n of_o all_o his_o trophy_n and_o victory_n come_v down_o from_o be_v a_o king_n to_o be_v general_n only_o under_o another_o 2_o the_o prophecy_n we_o be_v now_o upon_o dan._n 8._o concern_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o second_o monarchy_n do_v plain_o hold_v forth_o this_o for_o observe_v it_o as_o the_o three_o monarchy_n of_o the_o grecian_a be_v in_o the_o rise_n of_o it_o describe_v by_o a_o he-goat_n have_v one_o horn_n vers_fw-la
lightfoot_n in_o his_o harmony_n of_o the_o four_o evangelist_n upon_o the_o text_n prove_v have_v be_v in_o hand_n exact_o six_o and_o forty_o year_n before_o the_o time_n christ_n and_o the_o jew_n have_v this_o discourse_n the_o probability_n of_o which_o opinion_n consider_v the_o jew_n speak_v of_o a_o temple_n that_o be_v not_o that_o have_v be_v weigh_v down_o in_o my_o opinion_n all_o other_o but_o if_o yet_o any_o do_v adhere_v to_o the_o opinion_n of_o zerubbabels_n temple_n and_o according_o set_v this_o scripture_n against_o my_o argument_n let_v they_o which_o they_o must_v produce_v some_o scripture_n speak_v the_o thing_n that_o zerubbabels_n temple_n be_v here_o mean_v till_o that_o be_v do_v we_o be_v in_o uncertainty_n and_o a_o uncertain_a ground_n be_v too_o weak_a to_o prove_v a_o thing_n or_o disprove_v the_o contrary_n and_o indeed_o learned_a man_n general_o seem_v not_o in_o the_o present_a case_n to_o lay_v much_o weight_n upon_o this_o text_n for_o those_o on_o the_o one_o hand_n who_o conceive_v the_o second_o temple_n be_v finish_v in_o the_o six_o year_n of_o darius_n hystaspes_n reckon_v not_o half_o six_o and_o forty_o year_n betwixt_o cyrus_n his_o first_o and_o hystaspes_n six_o year_n and_o those_o on_o the_o other_o who_o judge_v the_o work_n be_v not_o finish_v until_o the_o six_o of_o darius_n nothus_fw-la reckon_v between_o the_o first_o of_o cyrus_n and_o the_o six_o of_o nothus_fw-la above_o twice_o six_o and_o forty_o year_n yet_o be_v not_o this_o text_n judge_v by_o either_o to_o have_v that_o weight_n in_o it_o as_o to_o make_v they_o alter_v their_o opinion_n alsted_n in_o chronologia_fw-la monarchiae_fw-la persarum_fw-la will_v find_v out_o a_o way_n to_o uphold_v this_o opinion_n viz._n that_o zerubbabels_n temple_n be_v six_o and_o forty_o year_n in_o building_n and_o yet_o will_v not_o have_v the_o complete_a finish_n of_o the_o work_n to_o be_v till_o the_o six_o year_n of_o darius_n nothus_fw-la which_o according_a to_o his_o account_n reckon_v from_o the_o second_o year_n of_o cyrus_n when_o the_o foundation_n be_v lay_v be_v one_o hundred_o and_o eleven_o year_n but_o to_o do_v this_o he_o reckon_v only_o the_o time_n they_o be_v building_n leave_v out_o the_o time_n the_o work_n be_v at_o a_o stay_n but_o as_o it_o be_v a_o most_o unlikely_a thing_n that_o the_o jew_n be_v so_o considerable_a a_o company_n as_o be_v that_o company_n that_o come_v up_o from_o babylon_n and_o attend_v whole_o to_o this_o work_n shall_v spend_v six_o and_o forty_o year_n inthe_n mere_a building-work_n who_o afterward_o in_o nehemiahs_n time_n do_v in_o two_o and_o fifty_o day_n build_v the_o whole_a wall_n of_o jerusalem_n neh._n 6.15_o so_o be_v it_o as_o unlikely_a which_o yet_o alsted_n to_o make_v good_a his_o opinion_n suppose_v that_o those_o enemy_n of_o judah_n shall_v sit_v still_o and_o suffer_v the_o work_n quiet_o to_o go_v on_o without_o intermeddle_v in_o the_o least_o to_o their_o prejudice_n six_o and_o thirty_o year_n together_o viz._n all_o the_o time_n of_o darius_n hystaspes_n who_o at_o other_o time_n be_v ready_a and_o active_a whensoever_o they_o see_v the_o work_n on_o foot_n to_o hinder_v it_o to_o say_v no_o more_o the_o whole_a of_o the_o opinion_n be_v make_v up_o of_o mere_a supposition_n as_o first_o that_o the_o darius_n ezra_n 4.5_o be_v hystaspes_n second_o that_o the_o jew_n do_v build_v all_o the_o time_n of_o his_o reign_n three_o that_o ahasuerus_n ezra_n 4.6_o and_o artaxerxes_n vers_fw-la 7._o be_v two_o divers_a person_n four_o that_o ahasuerus_n be_v xerxes_n the_o great_a five_o that_o in_o the_o begin_n of_o his_o reign_n the_o temple-work_n be_v stop_v which_o yet_o go_v on_o again_o in_o the_o six_o last_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n six_o that_o the_o artaxerxes_n ezra_n 4.7_o be_v longimanus_fw-la who_o throughout_o his_o reign_n forty_o year_n together_o hinder_v the_o work_n seven_o that_o darius_n who_o in_o his_o second_o year_n set_v the_o work_n on_o foot_n bring_v it_o to_o perfection_n in_o his_o six_o be_v darius_n nothus_fw-la never_o a_o one_o of_o all_o which_o can_v be_v prove_v by_o any_o clear_a scripture_n yet_o not_o one_o of_o they_o but_o be_v and_o must_v be_v suppose_v to_o make_v good_a this_o opinion_n let_v the_o reader_n therefore_o judge_v what_o probability_n be_v in_o it_o and_o also_o by_o the_o way_n take_v notice_n to_o learn_v hence_o never_o to_o take_v up_o thing_n upon_o trust_n what_o a_o do_v be_v make_v by_o not_o a_o sew_v to_o prove_v a_o thing_n that_o be_v not_o or_o at_o least_o that_o can_v be_v make_v appear_v to_o be_v to_o prove_v zerubbabels_n temple_n be_v six_o and_o forty_o year_n in_o building_n because_o it_o be_v say_v six_o and_o forty_o year_n be_v this_o temple_n in_o building_n whereas_o indeed_o if_o we_o follow_v the_o opinion_n to_o the_o heel_n it_o can_v be_v prove_v that_o zerubbabels_n temple_n be_v there_o speak_v of_o can_v any_o demonstrative_a text_n be_v bring_v to_o prove_v that_o it_o will_v then_o be_v worth_a while_n to_o look_v after_o the_o six_o and_o forty_o year_n but_o to_o spend_v time_n about_o it_o while_o the_o main_a question_n be_v beg_v be_v but_o lose_a labour_n 3_o a_o three_o opinion_n there_o be_v of_o these_o seven_o week_n which_o make_v they_o to_o be_v the_o term_n of_o time_n jerusalem_n wall_n and_o city_n be_v building_n which_o be_v nine_o and_o forty_o year_n say_v the_o author_n of_o it_o reckon_v from_o the_o first_o of_o cyrus_n to_o the_o two_o and_o thirty_o of_o artaxerxes_n when_o nehemiah_n have_v finish_v the_o whole_a work_n return_v again_o to_o the_o king_n neh._n 13.6_o but_o this_o can_v be_v 1_o because_o what_o i_o have_v already_o say_v in_o my_o second_o reason_n in_o answer_n to_o the_o first_o opinion_n lie_v with_o the_o same_o weight_n against_o this_o 2_o because_o the_o build_n of_o jerusalem_n be_v no_o part_n of_o cyrus_n decree_n as_o former_o i_o have_v prove_v which_o yet_o this_o opinion_n suppose_v yea_o the_o whole_a stress_n of_o it_o lie_v upon_o the_o neck_n of_o this_o supposition_n 3_o because_o in_o beginning_n the_o seven_o so_o high_a it_o do_v also_o begin_v the_o seventy_o week_n as_o high_a as_o cyrus_n which_o be_v a_o error_n 4_o because_o the_o author_n fail_v great_o in_o point_n of_o chronologie_n whilst_o he_o account_v but_o nine_o and_o forty_o year_n betwixt_o cyrus_n first_o and_o nehemiah_n artaxerxes_n two_o and_o thirty_o year_n which_o upon_o a_o due_a examination_n when_o we_o shall_v come_v to_o it_o will_v appear_v to_o be_v many_o more_o 4_o there_o be_v yet_o another_o opinion_n also_o of_o these_o seven_o week_n not_o much_o differ_v from_o that_o i_o name_v last_o viz._n that_o these_o seven_o week_n be_v the_o time_n jerusalem_n with_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o city_n of_o judah_n be_v building_n and_o repair_v but_o this_o can_v stand_v because_o of_o our_o second_o reason_n lay_v down_o in_o answer_n to_o the_o first_o opinion_n which_o batter_v this_o also_o and_o also_o because_o the_o very_a foundation_n of_o it_o be_v neither_o scripture_n nor_o story_n but_o pure_a and_o mere_a conjecture_n as_o master_n mede_n prove_v who_o oppose_v himself_o to_o this_o opinion_n daniel_n week_n page_n 15._o what_o have_v be_v hitherto_o say_v by_o way_n of_o answer_n to_o each_o be_v sufficient_a to_o show_v the_o inconsistency_n of_o all_o those_o opinion_n with_o the_o word_n which_o make_v the_o seven_o week_n one_o time_n the_o sixty_o two_o another_o assign_v several_a work_n to_o the_o several_a time_n see_v therefore_o none_o of_o these_o can_v stand_v nor_o the_o forementioned_a conjecture_v of_o mr._n mede_n i_o shall_v now_o lay_v down_o what_o i_o conceive_v of_o the_o text_n read_v the_o word_n thus_o with_o a_o alteration_n of_o the_o stop_v only_o know_v therefore_o and_o understand_v that_o from_o the_o go_v forth_o of_o the_o commandment_n to_o restore_v and_o to_o build_v jerusalem_n unto_o the_o messiah_n the_o prince_n shall_v be_v seven_o week_n and_o sixty_o two_o week_n the_o street_n shall_v be_v build_v again_o and_o the_o wall_n even_o in_o troublous_a time_n the_o meaning_n be_v that_o from_o the_o time_n the_o command_n to_o build_v jerusalem_n shall_v go_v forth_o until_o the_o appearance_n of_o the_o messiah_n shall_v be_v sixty_o nine_o week_n all_o which_o time_n notwithstanding_o the_o great_a trouble_n and_o overturning_n that_o within_o it_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o world_n through_o the_o translation_n of_o the_o monarchy_n from_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n to_o the_o grecian_n and_o from_o they_o to_o the_o roman_n all_o which_o fall_v out_o within_o this_o time_n and_o the_o distraction_n of_o particular_a kingdom_n and_o the_o great_a opposition_n that_o shall_v be_v make_v against_o
the_o jew_n yet_o such_o shall_v god_n care_v of_o and_o his_o providence_n over_o his_o people_n be_v in_o this_o so_o mighty_a a_o hurly_n burly_n and_o commotion_n of_o nation_n and_o particular_a opposition_n make_v against_o they_o as_o that_o in_o despite_n of_o all_o jerusalem_n throughout_o this_o troublous_a time_n shall_v continue_v building_n and_o build_v and_o so_o observe_v the_o word_n as_o they_o set_v forth_o the_o length_n of_o the_o time_n from_o the_o day_n jerusalem_n shall_v begin_v to_o be_v build_v until_o the_o messiahs_n appearance_n so_o do_v they_o include_v within_o they_o a_o sweet_a and_o gracious_a promise_n of_o the_o care_n god_n will_v have_v of_o his_o people_n through_o and_o amiust_a all_o these_o toss_n until_o the_o messiah_n shall_v appear_v they_o shall_v still_o be_v preserve_v one_o way_n or_o other_o who_o ever_o go_v to_o wrack_n and_o this_o notable_o answer_v to_o daniel_n prayer_n be_v a_o bless_a quiet_v of_o his_o spirit_n and_o to_o the_o event_n also_o and_o indeed_o one_o principal_a thing_n that_o make_v this_o place_n so_o knotty_a be_v in_o a_o manner_n but_o a_o trifle_n viz._n make_v a_o half_a point_n betwixt_o the_o seven_o week_n and_o the_o sixty_o two_o week_n where_o none_o shall_v be_v make_v and_o neglect_v a_o coma_n at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o sixty_o two_o week_n where_o for_o the_o more_o easy_a understanding_n of_o the_o word_n its_o requisite_a one_o shall_v be_v now_o as_o for_o the_o reason_n why_o the_o seventy_o week_n which_o first_o be_v mention_v whole_a vers_n 24._o be_v afterward_o break_v into_o part_n i_o conceive_v it_o to_o be_v this_o only_a that_o hereby_o the_o mystery_n of_o this_o prophecy_n may_v be_v the_o great_a and_o the_o time_n the_o hard_a to_o compute_v which_o otherwise_o the_o head_n of_o the_o seventy_o once_o find_v will_v have_v have_v no_o difficulty_n in_o it_o therefore_o that_o the_o mystery_n may_v be_v so_o much_o the_o great_a we_o have_v the_o seventy_o week_n which_o be_v first_o mention_v whole_a break_v into_o three_o part_n two_o small_a and_o one_o great_a which_o be_v express_v several_o first_o seven_o week_n than_o sixty_o two_o week_n than_o one_o week_n vers_fw-la 27._o and_o that_o too_o in_o such_o a_o manner_n as_o if_o the_o seven_o week_n have_v relation_n to_o one_o thing_n the_o sixty_o two_o to_o another_o the_o one_o to_o another_o whereas_o it_o be_v not_o so_o but_o all_o put_v together_o make_v up_o but_o that_o seventy_o we_o have_v before_o and_o serve_v to_o point_v we_o to_o the_o time_n of_o our_o saviour_n passion_n which_o be_v say_v vers_fw-la 26._o to_o be_v after_o sixty_o two_o week_n that_o be_v sixty_o two_o add_v to_o the_o other_o seven_o make_v sixty_o nine_o then_o viz._n at_o the_o end_n of_o sixty_o nine_o week_n in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o seventi_v be_v our_o redeemer_n anoint_v to_o his_o work_n hence_o that_o character_n of_o the_o seventy_o week_n vers_fw-la 24._o seventy_o week_n be_v determine_v to_o anoint_v the_o most_o holy_a this_o day_n of_o his_o anoint_v be_v the_o day_n of_o his_o appearance_n to_o israel_n be_v anoint_v he_o go_v forth_o the_o rest_n of_o that_o seventi_v week_n till_o the_o time_n of_o his_o death_n preach_v the_o gospel_n do_v good_a heal_v those_o that_o be_v sick_a cast_v out_o devil_n etc._n etc._n and_o this_o i_o conceive_v to_o be_v the_o thing_n mean_v by_o his_o confirm_v the_o covenant_n with_o many_o for_o one_o week_n vers_fw-la 27._o and_o indeed_o this_o agree_v excellent_o well_o to_o that_o of_o paul_n rom._n 15.8_o now_o i_o say_v that_o jesus_n christ_n be_v a_o minister_n of_o the_o circumcision_n for_o the_o truth_n of_o god_n to_o confirm_v the_o promise_n make_v unto_o the_o father_n christ_n himself_o by_o his_o own_o preach_v must_v confirm_v the_o covenant_n make_v with_o the_o father_n which_o say_v the_o apostle_n be_v the_o reason_n why_o he_o be_v make_v a_o minister_n of_o the_o circumcision_n i.e._n a_o minister_n under_o the_o law_n now_o this_o he_o do_v in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o seventi_v week_n go_v about_o preach_v the_o space_n of_o three_o year_n and_o but_o three_o as_o be_v clear_a luke_n 13.32_o 33._o and_o this_o be_v till_o towards_o the_o middle_n of_o the_o week_n i.e._n till_o four_o year_n before_o the_o four_o hundred_o and_o ninety_o be_v full_o expire_v at_o which_o time_n he_o be_v cut_v off_o which_o i_o take_v to_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o those_o word_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o one_o week_n shall_v he_o cause_v the_o sacrifice_n and_o the_o oblation_n to_o cease_v vers_fw-la 27._o i.e._n christ_n death_n which_o fall_v out_o not_o in_o the_o end_n but_o in_o the_o middle_n of_o the_o last_o and_o seventi_v week_n do_v put_v a_o end_n to_o all_o the_o jewish_a sacrifice_n and_o worship_n the_o great_a passcover_v be_v slay_v all_o other_o sacrifice_n terminate_v in_o he_o and_o indeed_o that_o christ_n passion_n must_v necessary_o fall_v out_o about_o the_o middle_n of_o the_o seventi_v week_n be_v clear_a because_o the_o text_n speak_v positive_o that_o it_o shall_v be_v but_o seven_o week_n and_o sixty_o two_o week_n i.e._n sixty_o nine_o week_n until_o the_o messiah_n shall_v appear_v so_o soon_o therefore_o as_o ever_o the_o sixty_o nine_o week_n be_v at_o a_o end_n and_o the_o seventi_v but_o begin_v we_o must_v of_o necessity_n conclude_v the_o messiah_n do_v appear_v for_o otherwise_o it_o shall_v be_v upward_o of_o sixty_o nine_o week_n to_o his_o appearance_n now_o the_o thing_n which_o will_v make_v all_o clear_a be_v what_o we_o be_v to_o understand_v by_o his_o appearance_n we_o may_v not_o understand_v his_o birth_n for_o if_o so_o than_o he_o not_o be_v put_v to_o death_n till_o he_o be_v four_o and_o thirty_o year_n old_a which_o space_n of_o time_n contain_v almost_o five_o of_o daniel_n week_n it_o shall_v be_v seventy_o three_o or_o seventy_o four_o week_n to_o the_o cut_n off_o of_o the_o messiah_n whereas_o the_o text_n tell_v we_o he_o be_v cut_v off_o after_o sixty_o nine_o week_n or_o after_o seven_o week_n and_o sixty_o two_o week_n which_o make_v sixty_o nine_o i_o have_v in_o my_o key_n thes_n 57_o pitch_v upon_o the_o time_n of_o his_o baptism_n but_o not_o so_o considerate_o for_o though_o his_o appearance_n then_o be_v to_o john_n baptist_n and_o some_o few_o disciple_n who_o he_o choose_v yet_o do_v he_o not_o till_o afterward_o appear_v public_o this_o appearance_n of_o he_o i_o do_v therefore_o conceive_v follow_v herein_o the_o learned_a mede_n be_v to_o be_v reckon_v from_o that_o time_n in_o which_o he_o begin_v to_o preach_v public_o to_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o jew_n declare_v himself_o to_o be_v the_o messiah_n which_o be_v as_o mr._n mede_n have_v well_o note_v after_o his_o harbinger_n john_n have_v now_o finish_v his_o message_n and_o be_v cast_v into_o prison_n which_o circumstance_n of_o time_n be_v precise_o note_v in_o the_o evangelical_n story_n and_o the_o place_n also_o where_o he_o begin_v his_o preach_n mark_n 1.14_o after_o john_n be_v put_v in_o prison_n jesus_n come_v into_o galilee_n preach_v the_o gospel_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n and_o say_v the_o time_n be_v fulfil_v i.e._n say_v mr._n mede_n the_o last_o week_n of_o the_o sixty_o two_o week_n be_v now_o come_v matth._n 4.12_o compare_v with_o 17._o this_o be_v the_o very_a time_n and_o place_n whence_o peter_n reckon_v the_o beginning_n of_o christ_n prophecy_n in_o his_o sermon_n to_o cornelius_n act._n 10.37_o that_o word_n which_o be_v publish_v throughout_o all_o judaea_n and_o begin_v from_o galilee_n after_o the_o baptism_n which_o john_n preach_v and_o which_o be_v a_o evidence_n that_o this_o be_v the_o time_n of_o his_o anoint_v by_o his_o father_n luke_n tell_v we_o chap._n 4.18_o 19_o 20_o 21._o that_o when_o he_o first_o open_v the_o book_n to_o teach_v the_o people_n in_o nazareth_n of_o galilee_n he_o open_v upon_o that_o place_n the_o spirit_n of_o the_o lord_n be_v upon_o i_o because_o he_o have_v anoint_v i_o to_o preach_v the_o gospel_n to_o the_o poor_a upon_o which_o text_n our_o saviour_n himself_o comment_n vers_fw-la 21._o this_o day_n be_v this_o scripture_n fulfil_v in_o your_o ear_n as_o if_o he_o shall_v say_v this_o day_n be_v daniel_n seventi_v week_n begin_v now_o be_v the_o messiah_n anoint_v from_o this_o time_n which_o according_a to_o mr._n mede_n be_v a_o full_a year_n after_o christ_n baptism_n we_o be_v to_o reckon_v those_o three_o day_n or_o year_n luke_n 13.32_o 33._o to_o this_o opinion_n the_o several_a passover_n betwixt_o christ_n baptism_n and_o death_n do_v best_a accord_n which_o in_o case_n the_o principle_n be_v as_o demonstrable_a as_o it_o be_v receive_v and_o own_a by_o
begin_n of_o the_o babylonish_n captivity_n when_o israel_n lose_v their_o kingdom_n to_o the_o anoint_v of_o the_o messiah_n or_o the_o first_o visible_a appearance_n of_o christ_n their_o king_n be_v exact_o ten_o time_n seventy_o year_n which_o make_v seven_o hundred_o run_v still_o upon_o the_o number_n seven_o both_o in_o the_o ten_o and_o hundred_o within_o which_o time_n matthew_n make_v mention_n of_o fourteen_o generation_n to_o have_v live_v matth._n 1.17_o note_v that_o they_o must_v make_v short_a generation_n that_o begin_v the_o seventy_o week_n with_o the_o first_o of_o cyrus_n see_v therefore_o that_o to_o pitch_v upon_o darius_n longimanus_fw-la as_o he_o that_o in_o his_o second_o year_n set_v on_o foot_n the_o work_n of_o the_o temple_n do_v better_a than_o any_o other_o opinion_n agree_v to_o the_o divine_a story_n and_o other_o scripture_n as_o to_o the_o time_n and_o thing_n foregoing_a and_o succeed_a the_o temple-building_n i_o do_v therefore_o conclude_v that_o that_o darius_n who_o the_o greek_n call_v longimanus_fw-la be_v the_o darius_n under_o who_o the_o temple-work_n be_v finish_v another_o question_n now_o will_v arise_v which_o answer_v we_o come_v to_o our_o main_a conclusion_n drive_v at_o throughout_o this_o section_n viz._n what_o artaxerxes_n be_v that_o which_o succeed_v darius_n longimanus_fw-la for_o as_o i_o say_v at_o first_o the_o artaxerxes_n we_o be_v now_o inquire_v after_o must_v needs_o be_v by_o the_o clear_a circumstance_n of_o the_o text_n such_o a_o one_o as_o do_v succeed_v that_o darius_n which_o give_v life_n to_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n now_o this_o be_v confess_v on_o all_o hand_n to_o be_v that_o artaxerxes_n who_o the_o greek_n call_v mnemon_n who_o be_v next_o successor_n to_o longimanus_fw-la his_o next_o darius_n nothus_fw-la succeed_v longimanus_fw-la and_o artaxerxes_n mnemon_n darius_n nothus_fw-la this_o artaxerxes_n be_v he_o that_o first_o give_v commission_n to_o ezra_n in_o the_o seven_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n to_o go_v up_o to_o jerusalem_n furnish_v he_o large_o with_o monies_n and_o afterward_o to_o nehemiah_n in_o the_o twenty_o of_o his_o reign_n to_o build_v jerusalem_n which_o friendliness_n of_o he_o to_o god_n cause_n and_o people_n go_v not_o unrewarded_a for_o he_o reign_v forty_o three_o year_n and_o which_o i_o can_v but_o mention_v to_o set_v it_o before_o ruler_n of_o all_o the_o persian_a monarch_n longimanus_fw-la and_o mnemon_n who_o have_v be_v of_o the_o most_o forward_o in_o favour_v the_o people_n of_o god_n and_o promote_a his_o cause_n be_v bless_v of_o god_n with_o length_n of_o day_n beyond_o any_o their_o predecessor_n or_o successor_n in_o the_o empire_n and_o which_o be_v another_o thing_n most_o observable_a that_o by_o look_v over_o these_o history_n my_o eye_n have_v be_v cast_v upon_o viz._n that_o so_o long_o as_o any_o of_o the_o race_n of_o cyrus_n who_o first_o appear_v to_o own_o the_o cause_n of_o god_n do_v continue_v so_o long_o do_v the_o persian_a monarchy_n stand_v but_o under_o the_o very_a first_o king_n that_o be_v of_o another_o race_n viz._n darius_n codomannus_n or_o darius_n the_o last_o who_o be_v as_o be_v affirm_v a_o stranger_n to_o the_o blood_n of_o cyrus_n the_o whole_a monarchy_n be_v lose_v and_o translate_v from_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n to_o the_o grecian_n so_o mindful_a be_v god_n of_o what_o cyrus_n do_v for_o his_o people_n that_o whilst_o any_o of_o his_o seed_n remain_v he_o will_v not_o give_v the_o kingdom_n to_o another_o now_o beside_o what_o have_v be_v say_v already_o from_o the_o scope_n of_o our_o discourse_n since_o i_o enter_v this_o section_n it_o be_v a_o thing_n most_o evident_a that_o that_o artaxerxes_n from_o who_o nehemiah_n receive_v his_o commission_n be_v yea_o can_v be_v no_o other_o than_o artaxerxes_n mnemon_n because_o two_o thing_n be_v clear_a in_o scripture_n concern_v this_o artaxerxes_n which_o can_v be_v apply_v to_o no_o other_o but_o mnemon_n as_o 1_o that_o he_o reign_v many_o year_n two_o and_o thirty_o nehemiah_n mention_n chap._n 13.6_o 2_o that_o the_o time_n of_o his_o reign_n be_v towards_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n which_o be_v clear_a hence_o because_o nehemiah_n who_o live_v all_o the_o time_n of_o this_o artaxerxes_n do_v afterward_o live_v to_o see_v that_o generation_n in_o which_o the_o monarchy_n be_v translate_v for_o he_o make_v particular_a mention_n of_o jaddus_n the_o high_a priest_n who_o meet_v alexander_n the_o great_a at_o his_o come_n to_o jerusalem_n and_o of_o that_o darius_n under_o who_o the_o monarchy_n be_v lose_v nehem._n 12.11.22_o which_o clear_o prove_v this_o artaxerxes_n must_v be_v mnemen_n none_o of_o the_o monarch_n after_o he_o reign_v so_o long_o as_o the_o scripture_n itself_o record_v he_o to_o have_v do_v ere_o i_o can_v yet_o reach_v our_o conclusion_n there_o be_v one_o knob_v in_o the_o way_n to_o be_v even_v obj._n if_o artaxerxes_n mnemon_n be_v the_o artaxerxes_n we_o be_v to_o six_o upon_o from_o the_o twenty_o of_o who_o reign_n daniel_n seventy_o week_n be_v to_o be_v begin_v then_o consider_v they_o end_v with_o christ_n passion_n daniel_n account_n will_v superabound_v the_o account_n of_o all_o historian_n who_o find_v not_o so_o many_o year_n as_o four_o hundred_o and_o ninety_o betwixt_o the_o one_o time_n and_o the_o other_o ans_fw-fr 1._o there_o be_v not_o so_o many_o over_o and_o above_o in_o this_o account_n but_o there_o be_v full_a as_o many_o want_v in_o their_o account_n who_o begin_v daniel_n seventy_o week_n with_o the_o decree_n of_o cyrus_n and_o whether_o we_o reckon_v more_o or_o less_o the_o matter_n be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o yet_o be_v the_o bone_n there_o swallow_v without_o prick_v by_o not_o a_o few_o godly_a and_o able_a man_n 2_o i_o answer_v in_o case_n what_o i_o have_v say_v as_o touch_v the_o beginning_n and_o end_v of_o daniel_n seventy_o week_n be_v truth_n and_o it_o will_v not_o accord_v with_o daniel_n prophecy_n of_o the_o seventy_o week_n nor_o with_o other_o scripture_n to_o state_n any_o other_o beginning_n or_o end_v then_o of_o necessity_n must_v we_o either_o condemn_v the_o holy_a ghost_n for_o mention_v more_o year_n within_o that_o time_n then_o indeed_o there_o be_v or_o historian_n of_o neglect_n in_o not_o have_v account_v for_o so_o many_o year_n as_o they_o shall_v and_o who_o shall_v we_o let_v god_n be_v true_a but_o every_o man_n a_o lyar._n if_o it_o be_v say_v but_o why_o will_v i_o depart_v from_o the_o report_n of_o human_a writer_n here_o when_o as_o i_o make_v use_v of_o they_o before_o to_o measure_v another_o time_n ans_fw-fr 1._o i_o do_v not_o make_v use_n of_o they_o before_o as_o build_v any_o faith_n upon_o they_o but_o because_o i_o find_v the_o account_n they_o have_v keep_v of_o the_o time_n to_o be_v agreeable_a to_o the_o scripture_n account_n and_o so_o far_o i_o be_o bind_v to_o believe_v they_o have_v keep_v account_n aright_o not_o because_o they_o say_v so_o but_o because_o the_o scripture_n say_v so_o and_o this_o i_o very_o think_v that_o there_o be_v sufficient_a in_o scripture_n to_o make_v out_o this_o our_o account_n though_o they_o i_o mean_v the_o heathen_a writer_n be_v not_o yet_o withal_o i_o be_o of_o the_o mind_n that_o the_o consider_v what_o they_o say_v and_o lay_v it_o to_o those_o thing_n that_o be_v leave_v we_o in_o the_o word_n may_v through_o the_o spirit_n guidance_n be_v a_o help_n to_o we_o in_o thing_n wherein_o they_o be_v in_o the_o right_n as_o to_o the_o more_o speedy_a find_v they_o and_o the_o more_o casie_a make_v they_o out_o yet_o we_o hold_v this_o as_o a_o most_o constant_a and_o infallible_a rule_n that_o all_o their_o report_n must_v be_v bow_v to_o the_o scripture_n and_o not_o one_o tittle_n of_o scripture_n make_v to_o bow_v to_o they_o upon_o this_o principle_n therefore_o suppose_v the_o heathen_a writer_n to_o have_v compute_v sixty_o or_o eighty_o year_n from_o cyrus_n first_o to_o longimanus_fw-la second_v yet_o will_v i_o reckon_v seventy_o and_o not_o regard_v their_o report_n and_o also_o upon_o this_o principle_n because_o the_o scripture_n have_v so_o clear_o determine_v the_o beginning_n and_o end_v of_o the_o seventy_o week_n i_o judge_v i_o be_o bind_v to_o account_v as_o many_o year_n betwixt_o time_n and_o time_n as_o daniel_n do_v though_o human_a writer_n will_v not_o allow_v it_o this_o scripture_n rule_v once_o find_v determine_v all_o the_o different_a account_n of_o time_n that_o be_v leave_v we_o by_o human_a writer_n and_o declare_v whither_o or_o no_o any_o of_o they_o be_v in_o the_o truth_n and_o in_o case_n any_o be_v who_o they_o be_v but_o second_o shall_v we_o go_v to_o the_o bare_a authority_n of_o man_n yet_o in_o common_a reason_n more_o credit_n be_v to_o
business_n in_o daniel_n lie_v thus_o the_o holy_a ghost_n be_v treat_v not_o of_o particular_a king_n but_o of_o monarchy_n in_o general_a and_o therefore_o it_o be_v no_o part_n of_o his_o scope_n to_o tell_v we_o how_o many_o king_n do_v reign_v in_o this_o or_o that_o monarchy_n which_o be_v not_o a_o thing_n observe_v in_o any_o of_o the_o kingdom_n afterward_o speak_v of_o in_o this_o chapter_n therefore_o shall_v not_o be_v urge_v as_o any_o part_n of_o the_o scope_n here_o but_o his_o drift_n be_v to_o show_v we_o 1_o how_o many_o monarchy_n from_o that_o time_n until_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n shall_v be_v in_o the_o world_n 2_o what_o remarkable_a change_n shall_v be_v in_o these_o monarchy_n themselves_o not_o as_o to_o the_o reign_n of_o particular_a king_n but_o as_o to_o the_o alteration_n of_o government_n 3_o what_o more_o note_a thing_n shall_v be_v do_v in_o the_o time_n of_o these_o monarchy_n by_o either_o of_o they_o as_o consider_v under_o this_o or_o that_o government_n either_o against_o god_n people_n that_o be_v the_o jew_n or_o god_n people_n that_o be_v the_o gentile_n or_o against_o both_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n or_o the_o evening_n of_o the_o world_n or_o worldly_a kingdom_n day_n or_o what_o more_o remarkable_a rent_n occasion_v fearful_a civil_a broil_n commotion_n division_n etc._n etc._n shall_v befall_v this_o or_o that_o monarchy_n within_o the_o time_n of_o its_o particular_a continuance_n and_o last_o whence_o or_o upon_o what_o occasion_n the_o translation_n of_o monarchy_n from_o one_o people_n to_o another_o as_o from_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n to_o the_o greek_n from_o they_o to_o the_o roman_n and_o from_o they_o the_o translation_n of_o the_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n and_o greatness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n into_o the_o hand_n of_o another_o people_n viz._n the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a who_o till_o this_o day_n have_v always_o and_o ever_o be_v crush_v by_o and_o under_o these_o monarchy_n shall_v arise_v in_o these_o thing_n lie_v the_o main_a scope_n of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n who_o do_v not_o in_o the_o least_o drive_v at_o such_o a_o thing_n as_o to_o tell_v we_o what_o particular_a king_n succeed_v one_o another_o in_o this_o or_o that_o monarchy_n but_o only_a name_n thing_n of_o this_o nature_n so_o far_o as_o they_o serve_v the_o main_a scope_n but_o no_o further_o now_o observe_v the_o thing_n the_o holy_a ghost_n will_v have_v we_o learn_v as_o seem_v to_o i_o from_o the_o second_o and_o three_o verse_n of_o this_o chapter_n be_v this_o as_o to_o take_v notice_n of_o such_o a_o monarchy_n as_o be_v that_o of_o the_o persian_n so_o more_o especial_o to_o mind_v the_o cause_n and_o the_o occasion_n of_o the_o translation_n of_o this_o monarchy_n from_o the_o persian_n to_o the_o grecian_n and_o the_o time_n when_o this_o cause_n shall_v be_v give_v and_o the_o ground_n of_o a_o quarrel_n betwixt_o these_o two_o nation_n lay_v now_o to_o make_v out_o this_o he_o tell_v we_o how_o that_o after_o gyrus_n three_o king_n shall_v arise_v in_o persia_n and_o a_o four_o after_o they_o which_o four_o shall_v be_v very_o rich_a and_o strong_a and_o through_o the_o greatness_n of_o his_o strength_n and_o riches_n shall_v stir_v up_o all_o against_o the_o realm_n of_o graecia_n this_o as_o i_o have_v before_o say_v be_v most_o exact_o to_o a_o tittle_n fulfil_v in_o xerxes_n the_o great_a who_o be_v the_o four_o king_n after_o cyrus_n in_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n exceed_v all_o his_o predecessor_n in_o power_n and_o riches_n and_o with_o all_o his_o power_n invade_v the_o realm_n of_o graecia_n here_o now_o be_v the_o ground_n of_o a_o inveterate_a hatred_n and_o quarrel_n lay_v betwixt_o these_o two_o nation_n which_o afterward_o occasion_v the_o translation_n of_o the_o monarchy_n for_o the_o greek_n though_o at_o present_a they_o maintain_v their_o own_o cause_n and_o do_v worst_a their_o potent_a enemy_n yet_o be_v this_o work_n as_o history_n record_v chief_o do_v by_o sea_n where_o though_o they_o be_v but_o a_o handful_n to_o the_o other_o yet_o be_v of_o the_o two_o the_o more_o skilful_a in_o sea-affair_n and_o the_o more_o resolute_a in_o this_o kind_n of_o fight_n have_v withal_o the_o better_a ship_n in_o the_o great_a battle_n of_o salamis_n they_o gain_v the_o day_n yet_o when_o this_o be_v do_v though_o hereby_o they_o deliver_v themselves_o be_v they_o not_o so_o potent_a by_o land_n as_o to_o invade_v their_o enemy_n but_o many_o year_n after_o when_o that_o valiant_a commander_n alexander_n the_o great_a who_o dare_v attempt_v any_o thing_n arise_v in_o greece_n than_o the_o bad_a blood_n beget_v by_o this_o invasion_n though_o it_o be_v more_o than_o a_o generation_n or_o two_o before_o begin_v to_o work_v and_o the_o old_a grudge_n be_v remember_v and_o alexander_n in_o way_n of_o revenge_n of_o the_o old_a quarrel_n invade_v the_o persian_n by_o which_o invasion_n the_o monarchy_n be_v translate_v from_o the_o persian_n to_o the_o grecian_n so_o that_o the_o holy_a ghost_n take_v notice_n of_o the_o king_n reign_v in_o persia_n only_o so_o far_o as_o serve_v his_o turn_n viz._n to_o point_n out_o the_o time_n when_o the_o groundwork_n of_o that_o irreconcilable_a quarrel_n betwixt_o the_o persian_n and_o the_o grecian_n shall_v be_v lay_v which_o will_v in_o time_n prove_v the_o overthrow_n and_o translation_n of_o the_o monarchy_n as_o it_o then_o be_v in_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o persian_n this_o be_v do_v by_o xerxes_n invasion_n of_o greece_n which_o quarrel_n afterward_o be_v take_v up_o by_o alexander_n who_o to_o revenge_v the_o injury_n do_v to_o his_o country_n though_o long_o before_o by_o the_o persian_n invade_v they_o overthrow_v their_o power_n wrest_v the_o monarchy_n out_o of_o their_o hand_n this_o be_v the_o true_a meaning_n of_o the_o place_n without_o force_v or_o squeeze_v the_o text_n now_o consider_v the_o thing_n and_o what_o can_v more_o punctual_o agree_v to_o the_o heathen_a story_n than_o do_v this_o of_o daniel_n to_o which_o if_o we_o lay_v what_o we_o have_v say_v before_o as_o touch_v the_o time_n betwixt_o the_o return_n from_o the_o captivity_n and_o nehemiahs_n day_n from_o both_o we_o may_v conclude_v that_o these_o ancient_a writer_n though_o heathen_n have_v give_v we_o a_o true_a account_n of_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n both_o as_o touch_v the_o person_n that_o reign_v and_o the_o time_n how_o long_o and_o notwithstanding_o the_o jewish_a writer_n as_o josephus_n philo_n etc._n etc._n vary_v from_o the_o greek_n yet_o be_v not_o their_o report_n to_o be_v credit_v so_o much_o as_o the_o report_n of_o the_o greek_n and_o the_o reason_n be_v because_o we_o have_v much_o more_o ground_n to_o suspect_v they_o of_o partiality_n than_o the_o other_o for_o josephus_n philo_n etc._n etc._n may_v out_o of_o design_n mention_v such_o king_n only_o as_o they_o find_v in_o ezra_n because_o beside_o the_o misunderstanding_n this_o place_n of_o daniel_n they_o may_v have_v such_o a_o conceit_n that_o ezraes_n book_n be_v a_o perfect_a chronicle_n and_o therefore_o in_o name_v more_o shall_v cross_v not_o this_o only_a but_o that_o also_o and_o also_o be_v jew_n may_v scorn_v to_o take_v a_o relation_n from_o the_o gentile_n who_o they_o esteem_v liar_n and_o accurse_a but_o now_o the_o greek_n have_v no_o temptation_n of_o this_o nature_n before_o they_o which_o may_v move_v they_o out_o of_o mere_a design_n to_o be_v silent_a as_o touch_v any_o king_n that_o be_v or_o tell_v we_o of_o king_n that_o be_v not_o nay_o how_o can_v we_o ready_o think_v they_o shall_v so_o do_v when_o as_o they_o do_v not_o only_o record_v person_n but_o their_o act_n of_o which_o many_o be_v thing_n know_v and_o famous_a yea_o further_o whereas_o the_o history-writer_n themselves_o live_v at_o sundry_a time_n of_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n do_v each_o mention_n the_o king_n that_o reign_v whilst_o he_o live_v as_o herodotus_n mention_n xerxes_n thucydides_n artaxerxes_n longimanus_fw-la xenophon_n darius_n nothus_fw-la artaxerxes_n mnemon_n etc._n etc._n now_o be_v it_o likely_a they_o will_v tell_v such_o lie_n in_o the_o very_a face_n of_o the_o time_n they_o live_v in_o as_o to_o endeavour_v to_o make_v people_n believe_v such_o and_o such_o king_n reign_v over_o they_o when_o every_o child_n know_v the_o contrary_n let_v we_o not_o censure_v even_o heathen_n beyond_o the_o rule_n of_o reason_n nor_o because_o we_o be_v sick_a of_o their_o report_n spew_v out_o the_o truth_n of_o the_o scripture_n with_o they_o this_o objection_n therefore_o do_v not_o so_o offend_v we_o but_o that_o we_o may_v notwithstanding_o it_o safe_o and_o true_o conclude_v that_o the_o number_n of_o year_n from_o cyrus_n first_o to_o artaxerxes_n mnemons_n twenty_o
nor_o gain_v year_n but_o to_o conclude_v the_o thing_n absolute_o because_o the_o testimony_n though_o ever_o so_o true_a be_v but_o human_a we_o may_v not_o though_o therefore_o i_o determine_v upon_o a_o particular_a year_n yet_o not_o so_o absolute_o but_o that_o i_o do_v confess_v that_o in_o case_n man_n in_o their_o account_n of_o that_o time_n which_o at_o present_a to_o we_o be_v undetermined_a by_o scripture_n have_v lose_v or_o gain_v year_n by_o so_o much_o will_v thing_n in_o accomplishment_n fall_v either_o soon_o or_o late_a than_o the_o year_n i_o have_v fix_v upon_o now_o though_o i_o will_v not_o here_o take_v upon_o i_o to_o determine_v as_o judge_v the_o thing_n upon_o a_o pure_a scripture-account_n indeterminable_a whether_o scaliger_n account_v of_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n or_o the_o vulgar_a account_n be_v the_o true_a only_o add_v that_o shall_v the_o first_o which_o fix_v the_o day_n of_o christ_n birth_n two_o year_n high_o than_o the_o vulgar_a account_n be_v the_o truth_n than_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o &_o sixty_o day_n the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o &_o ninety_o do_v end_n with_o the_o end_n of_o the_o present_a year_n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o four_o but_o if_o the_o last_o viz._n the_o vulgar_a have_v the_o truth_n in_o it_o then_o do_v they_o end_v with_o the_o end_n of_o the_o year_n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o six_o the_o year_n i_o have_v always_o hitherto_o pitch_v upon_o for_o the_o witness_n rise_v jew_n stir_v etc._n etc._n though_o i_o confess_v i_o be_o in_o a_o great_a doubt_n which_o we_o be_v to_o hold_v to_o but_o less_o than_o twelve_o month_n will_v untie_v this_o knot_n and_o unriddle_v this_o mystery_n yet_o that_o neither_o account_n though_o they_o vary_v two_o year_n as_o to_o their_o beginning_n have_v since_o upon_o their_o reckon_n either_o lose_v or_o gain_v year_n seem_v to_o i_o a_o probable_a truth_n upon_o our_o foregoing_a principle_n viz._n of_o the_o concurrence_n of_o the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o and_o the_o one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o five_o day_n in_o their_o end_n for_o suppose_v some_o miscarriage_n may_v have_v creep_v into_o either_o of_o these_o or_o rather_o both_o for_o set_v aside_o their_o small_a difference_n as_o touch_v the_o beginning_n they_o both_o as_o to_o number_v of_o year_n since_o christ_n speak_v the_o very_a same_o thing_n in_o all_o likelihood_n the_o miscarriage_n must_v be_v within_o the_o time_n of_o the_o first_o three_o hundred_o year_n for_o since_o that_o time_n christian_n religion_n have_v be_v the_o religion_n of_o a_o principal_a part_n of_o the_o world_n and_o have_v always_o go_v upon_o a_o public_a date_n but_o now_o in_o case_n any_o miscarriage_n be_v in_o that_o time_n then_o see_v we_o must_v after_o once_o daniel_n one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o five_o year_n be_v begin_v allow_v the_o like_a number_n of_o year_n viz._n one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o five_o of_o the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o to_o it_o that_o these_o two_o by_o this_o allowance_n may_v concur_v in_o one_o end_n it_o will_v follow_v that_o so_o many_o year_n over_o or_o under_o as_o the_o miscarriage_n have_v be_v so_o many_o year_n by_o that_o time_n we_o have_v count_v the_o year_n of_o the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o before_o christ_n passion_n and_o the_o year_n of_o the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o which_o follow_v the_o begin_n of_o the_o one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o five_o will_v be_v find_v within_o this_o time_n viz._n betwixt_o christ_n passion_n and_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o five_o year_n over_o or_o under_o the_o general_a sum_n of_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o for_o if_o the_o year_n within_o this_o time_n have_v be_v count_v more_o than_o they_o shall_v then_o will_v the_o total_a sum_n of_o the_o year_n be_v more_o upon_o account_n of_o the_o whole_a time_n put_v together_o than_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o if_o less_o then_o less_o so_o that_o the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o must_v by_o this_o mean_n either_o be_v stretch_v or_o crooked_a neither_o of_o which_o must_v be_v for_o this_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o be_v of_o all_o the_o most_o exquisite_a and_o perfect_a rule_n to_o measure_v time_n by_o it_o be_v the_o very_a date_n that_o heaven_n have_v set_v upon_o all_o worldly_a kingdom_n the_o account_n that_o the_o wonderful_a numberer_n of_o time_n and_o season_n have_v leave_v we_o it_o therefore_o be_v a_o thing_n divine_a determine_v of_o all_o account_n that_o be_v human_a but_o suffer_v itself_o to_o be_v determine_v by_o none_o this_o harmony_n therefore_o of_o the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o year_n and_o the_o one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o five_o in_o their_o end_n as_o it_o do_v determine_v the_o truth_n of_o all_o our_o account_n till_o julian_n viz._n that_o we_o must_v of_o necessity_n reckon_v nine_o hundred_o sixty_o five_o year_n of_o the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o to_o be_v expire_v at_o the_o time_n of_o julian_n act_n not_o a_o year_n more_o or_o less_o for_o if_o upward_o of_o nine_o hundred_o sixty_o five_o year_n be_v expire_v before_o julian_n then_o will_v there_o not_o be_v one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o five_o remain_a if_o less_o then_o more_o either_o of_o which_o destroy_v the_o harmony_n so_o likewise_o do_v it_o determine_v that_o in_o all_o probability_n our_o christian_a epock_n have_v neither_o lose_v nor_o gain_v year_n from_o that_o time_n to_o this_o day_n because_o if_o any_o where_o it_o have_v lose_v or_o gain_v year_n it_o be_v likely_a it_o shall_v be_v within_o the_o first_o three_o hundred_o year_n but_o there_o it_o do_v not_o therefore_o much_o more_o unlikely_a that_o since_o when_o christian_n religion_n have_v be_v more_o famous_a and_o go_v upon_o the_o public_a date_n of_o the_o great_a empire_n in_o the_o world_n it_o shall_v have_v lose_v or_o gain_v any_o have_v thus_o make_v good_a the_o whole_a of_o our_o account_n there_o be_v nothing_o now_o remain_v but_o that_o we_o cast_v it_o up_o to_o the_o end_n we_o may_v see_v where_o or_o with_o what_o year_n daniel_n two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o year_n expire_v for_o the_o better_a do_v hereof_o i_o shall_v divide_v the_o whole_a into_o six_o period_n 1._o period_n contain_v the_o number_n of_o year_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o cyrus_n first_o unto_o the_o end_n of_o artaxerxes_n mnemons_n twenty_o note_n that_o the_o twenty_o year_n of_o mnemon_n though_o nehemiah_n receive_v his_o commission_n within_o that_o year_n yet_o be_v the_o current_a year_n be_v to_o be_v reckon_v into_o this_o period_n the_o same_o rule_n be_v also_o to_o be_v observe_v in_o all_o the_o follow_a period_n the_o year_n of_o this_o period_n be_v one_o hundred_o forty_o seven_o 2_o period_n from_o the_o end_n of_o artaxerxes_n mnemons_n twenty_o year_n unto_o the_o end_n of_o the_o thirty_o four_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n the_o year_n of_o this_o period_n be_v the_o four_o last_o of_o daniel_n four_o hundred_o and_o ninety_o be_v cut_v off_o for_o our_o reason_n lay_v down_o in_o open_v daniel_n seventy_o week_n four_o hundred_o eighty_o six_o 3_o period_n from_o the_o end_n of_o the_o thirty_o four_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n until_o the_o end_n of_o the_o year_n three_o hundred_o sixty_o six_o the_o year_n of_o this_o period_n be_v three_o hundred_o thirty_o two_o these_o three_o first_o period_n contain_v year_n nine_o hundred_o sixty_o five_o 4_o period_n from_o the_o end_n of_o the_o year_n three_o hundred_o sixty_o six_o until_o the_o end_n of_o the_o year_n three_o hundred_o ninety_o six_o the_o year_n of_o this_o period_n be_v thirty_o 5_o period_n from_o the_o end_n of_o the_o year_n three_o hundred_o ninety_o six_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o year_n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o six_o the_o year_n of_o this_o period_n be_v one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o 6_o period_n from_o the_o end_n of_o the_o year_n one_o thousand_o six_o hundred_o fifty_o six_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o year_n one_o thousand_o seven_o hundred_o and_o one_o the_o year_n of_o this_o period_n be_v forty_o five_o these_o three_o last_o period_n contain_v of_o year_n one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o thirty_o five_o the_o year_n of_o the_o three_o first_o and_o the_o three_o last_o period_n put_v together_o make_v up_o exact_o 2300._o the_o sum_n of_o all_o be_v that_o christ_n personal_a appearance_n israel_n complete_a redemption_n the_o final_a overthrow_n of_o beast_n and_o great_a turk_n the_o bind_n of_o the_o dragon_n the_o total_a dissolution_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n the_o beginning_n of_o the_o one_o thousand_o
imagination_n and_o in_o case_n these_o general_a character_n which_o be_v deducible_a only_o from_o the_o letter_n be_v once_o find_v it_o will_v be_v then_o a_o thing_n more_o easy_a to_o give_v a_o right_a sense_n of_o particular_a phrase_n and_o to_o determine_v concern_v they_o in_o which_o we_o be_v to_o cleave_v to_o the_o literal_a in_o which_o to_o seek_v a_o spiritual_a interpretation_n for_o a_o example_n i_o shall_v pitch_v upon_o daniel_n little_a horn_n which_o as_o it_o be_v one_o of_o the_o most_o famous_a prophecy_n in_o all_o the_o scripture_n so_o be_v there_o not_o any_o one_o i_o mean_v that_o be_v so_o considerable_a that_o have_v fall_v under_o more_o misinterpretation_n than_o it_o which_o mistake_n be_v multiply_v daily_o through_o that_o earnest_a inquiry_n that_o by_o the_o saint_n of_o this_o generation_n be_v make_v after_o the_o mind_n of_o daniel_n and_o though_o it_o may_v be_v think_v enough_o as_o to_o it_o have_v be_v already_o say_v in_o the_o precedent_a discourse_n yet_o because_o some_o through_o weakness_n can_v other_o bias_v with_o some_o particular_a affection_n to_o this_o or_o the_o other_o opinion_n will_v not_o apply_v those_o thing_n as_o they_o ought_v to_o be_v apply_v i_o think_v it_o not_o unmeet_a to_o take_v up_o this_o prophecy_n here_o again_o and_o make_v it_o the_o example_n of_o my_o rule_n now_o the_o sure_a and_o certain_a character_n of_o this_o little_a horn_n which_o be_v deducible_a from_o the_o letter_n of_o the_o text_n and_o which_o all_o put_v together_o can_v be_v make_v agree_v to_o any_o opinion_n but_o only_o that_o which_o be_v the_o truth_n be_v such_o as_o these_o 1_o character_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n must_v be_v in_o the_o latter_a day_n the_o reason_n be_v because_o the_o extreme_a and_o utmost_a part_n of_o nebuchadnezar_n great_a image_n viz._n the_o foot_n and_o toe_n dan._n 2.41_o 42_o 43._o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 7._o this_o need_v no_o prove_v because_o it_o be_v universal_o grant_v whatsoever_o interpretation_n be_v by_o any_o put_v upon_o the_o little_a horn_n carry_v along_o with_o it_o this_o concession_n that_o the_o little_a horn_n kingdom_n i_o 7._o and_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n of_o nebuchadnezar_n image_n chap._n 2._o be_v the_o same_o at_o leastwise_o in_o respect_n of_o time_n now_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n of_o nebuchadnezar_n image_n fall_v within_o the_o late_a day_n the_o reason_n be_v because_o the_o image_n itself_o bring_v we_o down_o to_o the_o latter_a day_n vers_fw-la 28._o which_o can_v be_v in_o case_n the_o foot_n and_o toe_n which_o be_v the_o extreme_a and_o utmost_a part_n thereof_o be_v not_o to_o be_v extend_v as_o far_o as_o the_o latter_a day_n to_o who_o kingdom_n this_o phrase_n be_v most_o proper_o appliable_a the_o apostle_n use_v of_o the_o same_o phrase_n 1_o tim._n 4.1_o 2_o 3._o do_v clear_o teach_v we_o 2_o character_n this_o kingdom_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n must_v necessary_o appertain_v to_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n that_o it_o can_v belong_v to_o the_o graetian_a be_v clear_a because_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n whether_o we_o consider_v it_o as_o unite_v under_o alexander_n or_o as_o in_o its_o fourfold_a division_n afterward_o be_v comprehend_v under_o the_o three_o beast_n dan._n 7.6_o but_o now_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n belong_v not_o to_o the_o three_o beast_n for_o the_o little_a horn_n arise_v among_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o four_o vers_n 8._o that_o it_o can_v be_v any_o power_n distinct_a from_o and_o succeed_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n be_v also_o clear_a 1_o because_o no_o place_n in_o daniel_n or_o elsewhere_o do_v so_o much_o as_o once_o countenance_v any_o such_o opinion_n as_o this_o viz._n that_o there_o shall_v be_v any_o worldly_a government_n succeed_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n nay_o let_v i_o say_v the_o scripture_n be_v clear_a against_o such_o a_o notion_n for_o it_o be_v manifest_a dan._n 7.12_o 13_o 14._o revel_v 19.11_o 12._o compare_v with_o vers_n 19_o 20._o that_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o beast_n i.e._n the_o roman_a monarchy_n as_o under_o antichrist_n be_v upon_o the_o appearance_n of_o christ_n if_o so_o where_o shall_v we_o then_o find_v room_n for_o the_o government_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n to_o succeed_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n 2_o because_o the_o beast_n be_v slay_v his_o body_n destroy_v and_o give_v to_o the_o burn_a flame_n and_o that_o for_o the_o blasphemy_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n dan._n 7.11_o this_o beast_n i_o say_v can_v be_v no_o other_o but_o the_o four_o and_o last_o beast_n vers_fw-la 7._o which_o beast_n be_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n hence_o i_o gather_v two_o thing_n 1_o that_o the_o government_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n can_v be_v a_o government_n distinct_a from_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n a_o thing_n the_o roman_a monarchy_n have_v nothing_o to_o do_v with_o for_o then_o why_o be_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n punish_v for_o the_o blasphemy_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n 2_o that_o the_o government_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n can_v be_v a_o government_n succeed_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n for_o it_o be_v most_o clear_a from_o the_o word_n that_o the_o four_o beast_n kingdom_n be_v in_o be_v and_o that_o at_o the_o time_n the_o little_a horn_n blaspheme_v now_o it_o will_v be_v improper_a to_o say_v that_o the_o little_a horn_n government_n succeed_v the_o four_o monarchy_n and_o yet_o that_o monarchy_n still_o in_o be_v even_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n dominion_n 3_o because_o if_o the_o little_a horn_n kingdom_n or_o government_n succeed_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n then_o have_v we_o in_o daniel_n five_o monarchy_n precede_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o his_o saint_n viz._n 1_o the_o monarchy_n of_o the_o babylonian_n 2_o of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n 3_o of_o the_o grecian_n 4_o of_o the_o roman_n 5_o the_o monarchy_n or_o government_n of_o the_o little_a horn._n if_o so_o then_o must_v not_o christ_n kingdom_n he_o call_v the_o five_o monarchy_n but_o the_o six_o if_o therefore_o the_o little_a horn_n can_v neither_o belong_v to_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n nor_o succeed_v the_o roman_a then_o must_v the_o same_o of_o necessity_n appertain_v to_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n 3_o character_n the_o little_a horn_n must_v be_v a_o power_n equivalent_a to_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n this_o be_v clear_a dan._n 2._o which_o prophecy_n consider_v the_o four_o kingdom_n 1_o as_o a_o iron_n kingdom_n vers_fw-la 40._o 2_o as_o a_o kingdom_n of_o iron_n and_o clay_n vers_fw-la 41_o 42_o 43._o yet_o both_o but_o one_o kingdom_n and_o therefore_o that_o which_o be_v call_v the_o four_o kingdom_n vers_fw-la 40._o be_v call_v the_o kingdom_n vers_fw-la 41_o 42._o show_v we_o that_o the_o holy_a ghost_n be_v still_o speak_v of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o kingdom_n for_o otherwise_o he_o will_v for_o distinction_n sake_n have_v call_v the_o foot_n of_o iron_n and_o clay_n another_o kingdom_n but_o call_v it_o the_o kingdom_n it_o have_v a_o manifest_a reference_n to_o that_o kingdom_n he_o have_v mention_v last_o viz._n the_o four_o which_o kingdom_n be_v call_v a_o iron_n kingdom_n to_o set_v forth_o the_o state_n before_o antichrist_n come_v in_o a_o kingdom_n of_o iron_n and_o clay_n to_o set_v forth_o the_o state_n afterward_o they_o that_o will_v see_v more_o reason_n hereof_o may_v consult_v with_o our_o foregoing_a discourse_n 4_o character_n the_o little_a horn_n signify_v such_o a_o power_n as_o consist_v of_o ten_o part_n which_o ten_o part_n be_v so_o many_o king_n not_o succeed_v in_o one_o and_o the_o same_o kingdom_n but_o reign_v in_o a_o kingdom_n divide_v into_o ten_o part_n this_o appear_v dan._n 2.41_o 42_o 43_o 44._o for_o the_o power_n here_o mention_v which_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 7._o consist_v of_o ten_o toe_n vers_fw-la 42._o which_o toe_n be_v call_v king_n vers_n 44._o in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o king_n shall_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n set_v up_o a_o kingdom_n which_o word_n can_v have_v relation_n to_o all_o the_o four_o monarchy_n for_o the_o god_n of_o heaven_n set_v up_o no_o kingdom_n no_o not_o in_o a_o spiritual_a sense_n in_o the_o time_n of_o any_o of_o the_o four_o but_o the_o last_o only_o why_o shall_v it_o then_o be_v say_v these_o king_n in_o the_o plural_a number_n if_o not_o to_o give_v we_o to_o understand_v 1_o that_o the_o ten_o toe_n here_o speak_v of_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v of_o so_o many_o king_n 2_o that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n shall_v begin_v and_o that_o before_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n as_o consist_v of_o ten_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v ruin_v for_o it_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o stone_n that_o smite_v the_o foot_n and_o
the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o house_n of_o david_n be_v subject_v by_o nabuchadnezzar_n till_o it_o shall_v be_v restore_v by_o and_o under_o christ_n the_o true_a david_n shall_v leap_v over_o at_o once_o above_o half_a the_o time_n not_o leave_v we_o throughout_o the_o whole_a prophecy_n so_o much_o as_o one_o syllable_n to_o inform_v we_o what_o shall_v be_v do_v within_o that_o time_n 2_o that_o he_o shall_v leap_v over_o that_o time_n too_o which_o be_v a_o time_n in_o many_o respect_n so_o remarkable_a for_o observation_n as_o never_o be_v time_n in_o the_o world_n before_o 1_o in_o respect_n of_o a_o new_a kind_n of_o power_n bear_v rule_n all_o this_o time_n viz._n a_o civil_a power_n and_o a_o spiritual_a mix_v together_o and_o in_o this_o mixture_n the_o spiritual_a to_o be_v the_o head_n the_o like_a to_o which_o be_v never_o find_v in_o any_o of_o the_o precede_a monarchy_n no_o not_o in_o the_o world_n before_o 2_o in_o respect_n of_o a_o new_a kind_n of_o idolatry_n worship_v a_o breaden_a god_n saint_n relic_n of_o saint_n etc._n etc._n a_o idolatry_n never_o hear_v of_o in_o the_o world_n before_o 3_o in_o respect_n of_o a_o new_a kind_n of_o persocution_n a_o persecution_n of_o the_o precious_a servant_n of_o god_n by_o one_o profess_v himself_o in_o his_o title_n to_o be_v the_o servant_n of_o the_o servant_n of_o god_n a_o persecution_n of_o the_o true_a and_o faithful_a member_n of_o christ_n by_o one_o still_v himself_o christ_n vicar_n 4_o in_o respect_n of_o a_o new_a kind_n of_o tyranny_n tyrannize_v over_o the_o conscience_n and_o force_v it_o make_v merchandise_n of_o the_o soul_n of_o man_n revel_v 18.12_o 13._o 5_o in_o respect_n of_o a_o new_a kind_n of_o oppression_n oppress_v the_o people_n rob_v they_o of_o their_o wealth_n and_o substance_n by_o craft_n and_o not_o by_o power_n as_o what_o be_v all_o the_o popish_a invention_n of_o mass_n pardon_n pilgrimage_n penance_n purgatory_n their_o abbey_n monastery_n etc._n etc._n but_o mere_a trick_n and_o device_n by_o which_o they_o divide_v the_o land_n dan._n 11.39_o enter_v into_o the_o fat_a place_n of_o every_o province_n or_o nation_n ver_fw-la 24._o and_o this_o by_o craft_n dan._n 8.25_o 6_o in_o respect_n of_o a_o new_a kind_n of_o blasphemy_n for_o a_o man_n to_o profess_v the_o great_a holiness_n and_o love_n to_o god_n of_o all_o other_o and_o yet_o to_o make_v himself_o god_n suffer_v himself_o to_o be_v call_v god_n worship_v as_o god_n thus_o rob_v god_n of_o his_o honour_n whilst_o he_o profess_v to_o serve_v love_n and_o honour_v he_o i_o say_v that_o a_o time_n have_v such_o note_a character_n upon_o it_o as_o never_o have_v time_n in_o the_o world_n before_o shall_v by_o the_o holy_a ghost_n whilst_o less_o thing_n be_v observe_v be_v whole_o bury_v in_o silence_n can_v be_v think_v nay_o three_o that_o the_o holy_a ghost_n here_o shall_v whole_o leap_v over_o that_o time_n and_o those_o transaction_n which_o be_v in_o a_o manner_n the_o subject_n of_o all_o or_o most_o of_o the_o apocalyptical_a vision_n when_o as_o daniel_n and_o john_n do_v help_v to_o expound_v each_o other_o be_v very_o strange_a a_o objection_n the_o conception_n of_o some_o good_a man_n of_o our_o day_n be_v that_o the_o little_a horn_n kingdom_n do_v not_o denote_v the_o whole_a body_n of_o antichrist_n but_o point_n at_o some_o singular_a person_n or_o power_n that_o be_v to_o arise_v in_o the_o evening_n time_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n so_o make_v in_o their_o conclusion_n the_o saint_n of_o this_o age_n to_o be_v the_o only_a subject_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n rage_n answer_n 1_o this_o be_v very_o improbable_a though_o it_o be_v upon_o no_o other_o reason_n but_o the_o former_a only_o viz._n the_o loss_n of_o so_o much_o and_o withal_o so_o remarkable_a a_o time_n as_o be_v and_o must_v be_v lose_v by_o this_o opinion_n 2_o very_o uncomfortable_a for_o suppose_v the_o little_a horn_n to_o be_v but_o new_o rise_v yet_o if_o withal_o we_o consider_v those_o thing_n which_o be_v most_o evident_a from_o the_o text_n concern_v he_o 1._o that_o his_o continuance_n must_v be_v long_o 2_o that_o throughout_o this_o long_a time_n he_o shall_v in_o a_o most_o fearful_a and_o dismal_a manner_n rage_n and_o tyrannize_v trample_v the_o saint_n oppress_v the_o nation_n what_o a_o uncomfortable_a opinion_n be_v this_o to_o we_o and_o all_o the_o people_n of_o god_n at_o this_o day_n who_o look_v for_o their_o redemption_n to_o be_v at_o hand_n to_o entertain_v such_o a_o thought_n that_o the_o little_a horn_n kingdom_n be_v but_o now_o begin_v which_o if_o so_o then_o sure_o enough_o neither_o we_o nor_o our_o child_n child_n no_o nor_o the_o generation_n after_o they_o shall_v ever_o live_v to_o behold_v those_o glorious_a day_n which_o yet_o be_v the_o faith_n of_o many_o will_v break_v forth_o even_o in_o this_o generation_n nay_o how_o uncomfortable_a a_o thing_n be_v it_o to_o think_v that_o all_o the_o persecution_n that_o have_v every_o yet_o be_v in_o the_o world_n be_v in_o a_o manner_n but_o fleabites_a both_o for_o greatness_n and_o length_n of_o time_n to_o that_o persecution_n that_o be_v now_o beginning_n which_o must_v be_v in_o case_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v but_o now_o begin_v for_o he_o be_v the_o only_a persecutor_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o oppressor_n of_o the_o nation_n by_o way_n of_o eminency_n that_o monster_n that_o never_o have_v the_o like_a before_o he_o nor_o shall_v have_v after_o he_o 3_o ground_v upon_o a_o mistake_n which_o mistake_n be_v another_o conception_n of_o some_o who_o be_v of_o opinion_n that_o the_o little_a horn_n denote_v a_o single_a person_n viz._n that_o the_o little_a horn_n rise_v and_o rage_n be_v to_o be_v the_o immediate_a forerunner_n of_o the_o beast_n final_a ruin_n and_o that_o for_o this_o reason_n the_o description_n of_o this_o little_a horn_n be_v insist_v upon_o so_o large_o in_o daniel_n prophecy_n but_o this_o can_v be_v 1_o because_o it_o be_v needless_a and_o superfluous_a so_o much_o shall_v be_v foretold_v of_o this_o little_a horn_n to_o this_o end_n only_o when_o as_o in_o case_n nothing_o have_v be_v speak_v of_o he_o we_o have_v a_o more_o sure_a certain_a and_o undoubted_a word_n to_o point_v we_o to_o the_o ending-time_n of_o the_o beast_n reign_v viz._n the_o truth_n of_o those_o soveral_a mystical_a number_n that_o concern_v the_o beast_n it_o be_v unacquaintedness_n with_o the_o one_o have_v make_v good_a man_n so_o apt_a to_o close_v in_o with_o this_o other_o 2_o because_o the_o destruction_n of_o that_o which_o comprehend_v the_o whole_a of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n can_v be_v a_o sign_n of_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n but_o so_o do_v the_o little_a horn_n for_o it_o be_v equivalent_a to_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n and_o be_v a_o power_n consist_v of_o ten_o kingdom_n as_o i_o have_v before_o prove_v 4_o the_o foregoing_a conception_n savour_v too_o much_o of_o partiality_n and_o of_o too_o high_a thought_n of_o ourselves_o and_o too_o low_a of_o the_o saint_n before_o we_o whilst_o in_o effect_n by_o such_o a_o conclusion_n we_o render_v the_o holy_a ghost_n mindeless_a of_o all_o the_o suffering_n of_o so_o many_o million_o of_o the_o precicus_fw-la servant_n of_o jesus_n christ_n who_o in_o former_a age_n have_v in_o the_o flame_n by_o sword_n and_o otherwise_o sacrifice_v their_o life_n for_o the_o testimony_n of_o jesus_n against_o the_o beast_n as_o not_o to_o mention_v one_o word_n of_o all_o their_o suffering_n and_o yet_o so_o mindful_a of_o we_o who_o comparative_o with_o they_o have_v never_o suffer_v the_o thousand_o part_n nor_o can_v suffer_v more_o shall_v man_n do_v their_o worst_a as_o to_o leave_v such_o a_o large_a narrative_n of_o our_o affliction_n nay_o further_o let_v i_o add_v which_o follow_v upon_o the_o other_o we_o do_v hereby_o in_o a_o manner_n accuse_v the_o most_o righteous_a god_n of_o partiality_n and_o inequality_n whilst_o we_o make_v he_o to_o forget_v all_o his_o other_o child_n much_o better_o than_o we_o and_o to_o take_v notice_n of_o we_o and_o our_o suffering_n only_o let_v we_o not_o have_v so_o much_o affection_n to_o ourselves_o as_o not_o only_o to_o lay_v aside_o all_o due_a respect_n to_o that_o bless_a cloud_n of_o witness_n our_o forerunner_n and_o better_n but_o also_o to_o make_v the_o way_n of_o the_o most_o righteous_a god_n unequal_a yet_o this_o remember_v what_o but_o now_o be_v say_v that_o in_o case_n by_o the_o little_a horn_n rage_n and_o blasphemy_n the_o tyranny_n of_o antichrist_n be_v not_o set_v forth_o no_o mention_n at_o all_o be_v by_o daniel_n make_v thereof_o do_v necessary_o follow_v such_o a_o conception_n be_v admit_v the_o sum_n
half_a so_o many_o year_n but_o signify_v so_o many_o year_n complete_a p._n 127._o to_o 133_o sect._n iu._n that_o the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o day_n be_v not_o to_o be_v begin_v with_o the_o first_o year_n of_o cyrus_n p._n 133._o to_o 137_o sect._n v._n show_v two_o thing_n 1_o that_o darius_n the_o mede_n of_o who_o daniel_n speak_v chap._n 5.30_o do_v not_o belong_v to_o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n but_o the_o persian_a p._n 137._o to_o 142_o 2_o that_o the_o first_o year_n of_o darius_n the_o mede_n and_o the_o first_o of_o cyrus_n the_o persian_a be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o year_n p._n 142._o to_o 152_o chap._n 2._o wherein_o in_o order_n to_o a_o more_o full_a clear_n up_o of_o the_o foregoing_a account_n viz._n of_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o day_n be_v daniel_n seventy_o week_n discuss_v sect._n i._n that_o the_o seventy_o week_n do_v not_o relate_v to_o new_a testament-time_n p._n 152._o to_o p._n 161_o sect._n ii_o that_o the_o seventy_o week_n be_v not_o to_o be_v begin_v with_o the_o decree_n of_o cyrus_n p._n 161._o to_o 183_o sect._n iii_o that_o they_o be_v not_o to_o be_v begin_v with_o the_o decree_n of_o darius_n ezra_n 6.6_o 7.8_o etc._n etc._n p._n 183._o to_o p._n 193_o sect._n iu._n that_o they_o be_v not_o to_o be_v begin_v with_o the_o decree_n of_o artaxerxes_n in_o the_o seven_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n ezra_n 7.11_o 12_o 13._o p._n 193_o that_o they_o be_v to_o be_v begin_v with_o the_o twenty_o year_n of_o artaxerxes_n when_o nehemiah_n receive_v his_o commission_n to_o build_v jerusalem_n nehem._n 2._o p._n 194._o to_o 198_o sect._n v._n that_o the_o seventy_o week_n end_n with_o the_o passion_n of_o christ_n p._n 198_o 199_o sect._n vi_o a_o resolution_n of_o sundry_a knot_n about_o daniel_n seven_o week_n his_o sixty_o two_o week_n his_o one_o week_n and_o his_o half_a week_n p._n 200._o to_o 217_o sect._n vii_o a_o objection_n against_o our_o end_n of_o the_o seventy_o week_n answer_v p._n 217._o to_o 225_o chap._n 3._o wherein_o enquiry_n be_v make_v into_o the_o number_n of_o the_o year_n that_o pass_v betwixt_o the_o first_o of_o cyrus_n and_o the_o twenty_o of_o artaxerxes_n when_o nehemiah_n receive_v his_o commission_n to_o build_v jerusalem_n sect._n i._o disprove_v the_o ground_n of_o that_o opinion_n which_o cut_v this_o time_n much_o short_a than_o it_o shall_v be_v p._n 225._o to_o 251_o sect._n ii_o prove_v that_o that_o artaxerxes_n from_o who_o nehemiah_n receive_v his_o commission_n be_v he_o who_o the_o greek_n call_v mnemon_n p._n 251._o to_o p._n 281_o in_o order_n to_o the_o clear_v this_o be_v show_v that_o that_o darius_n who_o advance_v the_o temple-building_n can_v not_o be_v darius_n hystaspes_n p._n 253._o to_o 281._o nor_o darius_n nothus_fw-la p._n 259._o but_o be_v darius_n call_v by_o the_o greek_n longimanus_fw-la here_o zecharies_n seventy_o year_n be_v open_v p._n 260._o to_o p._n 274_o sect._n iii_o prove_v that_o the_o time_n betwixt_o cyrus_n first_o and_o artaxerxes_n twenty_o be_v exact_o one_o hundred_o forty_o seven_o year_n p._n 281._o to_o p._n 290_o a_o objection_n from_o dan._n 12.1_o 2._o that_o but_o four_o king_n do_v reign_v in_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n after_o cyrus_n answer_v p._n 290._o to_o p._n 298_o sect._n iu._n something_o discuss_v about_o our_o christian_a epock_n p._n 298._o to_o p._n 305._o the_o computation_n of_o the_o whole_a p._n 306_o 307_o 308._o add_v by_o way_n of_o appendix_n 1_o a_o general_a rule_n for_o the_o right_a understanding_n of_o prophecy_n together_o with_o a_o more_o full_a open_v the_o great_a mystery_n of_o daniel_n little_a horn_n p._n 311._o to_o p._n 320_o 2_o a_o particular_a clause_n in_o our_o discourse_n about_o the_o time_n open_v from_o p._n 328._o to_o 331_o 3_o some_o conclusion_n touch_v christ_n kingdom_n etc._n etc._n finis_fw-la book_n late_o print_v and_o sell_v by_o livewell_n chapman_n the_o voice_n of_o the_o spirit_n or_o a_o discovery_n of_o the_o witness_v work_n of_o the_o spirit_n by_o sam_n petto_n minister_n of_o the_o gospel_n the_o new_a nonconformist_a witness_v both_o to_o small_a and_o great_a some_o of_o those_o glorious_a thing_n which_o the_o apostle_n the_o prophet_n and_o moses_n do_v say_v shall_v come_v to_o pass_v write_a by_o mr._n christopher_n feak_v minister_n of_o the_o gospel_n and_o now_o a_o prisoner_n for_o the_o truth_n a_o declaration_n of_o several_a of_o the_o church_n and_o godly_a people_n in_o and_o about_o the_o city_n of_o london_n concern_v the_o kingly_a interest_n of_o christ_n and_o the_o present_a suffering_n of_o his_o cause_n and_o saint_n in_o england_n a_o sermon_n of_o the_o five_o monarchy_n prove_v that_o the_o saint_n shall_v have_v a_o kingdom_n here_o on_o earth_n which_o be_v yet_o to_o come_v after_o the_o four_o monarchy_n be_v destroy_v by_o the_o sword_n of_o the_o saint_n the_o follower_n of_o the_o lamb._n preach_v by_o master_n tho._n goodwin_n some_o year_n since_o at_o crooked_a lane_n london_n a_o image_n of_o our_o reform_a time_n or_o jehu_n in_o his_o proper_a colour_n display_v in_o some_o exercitation_n on_o the_o second_o of_o king_n the_o nine_o and_o ten_o chapter_n set_v forth_o the_o opportunity_n be_v give_v he_o to_o do_v his_o work_n in_o the_o cause_n he_o have_v commit_v to_o he_o to_o manage_v also_o his_o policy_n zeal_n profession_n hypocrisy_n with_o his_o sin_n and_o their_o aggravation_n reason_n for_o all_o this_o conclude_v with_o a_o word_n to_o jehu_n jehonadab_n his_o counsellor_n and_o the_o persecute_a and_o despise_a people_n of_o god_n by_o col._n edward_n lane_n of_o hampin-nulo_a this_o author_n have_v three_o other_o book_n be_v call_v generation-work_a in_o three_o part_n in_o the_o first_o part_n be_v show_v what_o generation_n work_n be_v and_o how_o it_o differ_v from_o other_o work_n of_o a_o christian_n second_o that_o saint_n in_o their_o several_a generation_n have_v have_v their_o proper_a and_o peculiar_a work_n of_o their_o generation_n three_o that_o it_o be_v of_o great_a concernment_n for_o a_o saint_n to_o attend_v to_o the_o work_n of_o his_o generation_n four_o what_o the_o present_a work_n be_v five_o how_o each_o one_o may_v find_v out_o the_o part_n of_o it_o that_o be_v proper_o his_o work_n six_o how_o the_o work_n may_v be_v so_o carry_v on_o as_o god_n may_v be_v serve_v the_o second_o part_n be_v a_o exposition_n of_o the_o seven_o vial_n and_o other_o apocalyptical_a mystery_n the_o three_o part_n be_v a_o exposition_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o the_o two_o witness_n from_o the_o eleven_o twelve_o and_o fourteen_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n to_o which_o be_v add_v a_o key_n to_o unlock_v the_o mystical_a number_n in_o daniel_n and_o the_o revelation_n
these_o thing_n nor_o stickle_v in_o such_o a_o cause_n or_o controversy_n as_o the_o saint_n now_o do_v it_o be_v then_o no_o part_n of_o their_o work_n but_o it_o be_v now_o the_o masterpiece_n of_o we_o and_o in_o case_n any_o then_o at_o that_o time_n do_v stickle_a yet_o they_o bring_v nothing_o to_o perfection_n because_o they_o attempt_v god_n work_n before_o his_o time_n but_o now_o the_o time_n be_v come_v as_o god_n have_v in_o a_o more_o wonderful_a manner_n than_o ever_o stir_v up_o the_o heart_n of_o his_o saint_n to_o bear_v witness_n so_o shall_v not_o their_o witnesse-bearing_a as_o to_o this_o great_a thing_n be_v in_o vain_a for_o let_v the_o devil_n and_o the_o world_n do_v their_o worst_a the_o outward_a visible_a kingdom_n and_o dominion_n and_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n shall_v revolve_v and_o that_o sudden_o into_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a who_o shall_v then_o take_v they_o captive_n who_o captive_n they_o be_v and_o shall_v bear_v rule_n over_o their_o oppressor_n amen_n daniel_n description_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n in_o four_o prophecy_n and_o christ_n kingdom_n succeed_v they_o show_v in_o the_o follow_a table_n first_o monarchy_n first_o prophecy_n chap_n 2._o second_o prophecy_n cha._n 7._o three_o prophecy_n chap._n 8._o four_o prophecy_n cha._n 11._o golden_a head_n vers_n 32_o 38_o first_o beast_n vers_fw-la 4._o  _fw-fr  _fw-fr second_n monarchy_n silver_n breast_n and_o arm_n ver_fw-la 32_o 39_o second_o beast_n vers_fw-la 5._o ram_n with_o two_o horn_n verse_n 3_o 4._o with_o 20._o the_o matter_n deliver_v by_o voice_n verse_n 1_o 2._o three_o monarchy_n united_n divide_v belly_n of_o the_o image_n ver_fw-la 32._o three_o beast_n as_o swift_a and_o wing_a ver_fw-la 6._o hee-goat_n great_a horn_n ver_fw-la 5_o 6_o 7_o 8._o with_o 21._o mighty_a king_n rule_v with_o great_a dominion_n vers_fw-la 3._o the_o image_n thigh_n vers_fw-la 32._o three_o beast_n as_o have_v four_o head_n ver_fw-la 6._o hee-goate_n four_o notable_a horn_n vers_fw-la 8.22_o the_o matter_n deliver_v by_o voice_n vers_fw-la 4_o 5._o to_o 14._o four_o monarchy_n second_o state_n first_o state_n iron_n leg_n vers_fw-la 33.40_o four_o beast_n as_o warlike_a subdue_a nation_n ver_fw-la 7._o little_a horn_n in_o its_o first_o wax_v great_a ver_fw-la 9_o king_n of_o the_o north_n describe_v vers_fw-la 14._o to_o 21._o foot_n of_o iron_n and_o clay_n ver_fw-la 33_o 41_o 42_o 43._o little_a horn_n ver_fw-la 8_o 20_o 21_o 24_o 25_o 26._o little_a horn_n in_o its_o second_o wax_a great_a ver_fw-la 10_o 11_o 12.24_o 25._o vile_a person_n ver_fw-la 21._o to_o 40._o and_o king_n of_o the_o north_n ver_fw-la 40._o to_o end_n christ_n kingdom_n or_o 5._o mon._n begin_v as_o a_o stone_n in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o ten_o roman_a king_n chap._n 2.34.44_o become_v a_o mountain_n fill_v the_o earth_n upon_o christ_n appearance_n and_o total_a dissolution_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n chap._n 2.35_o chap._n 7.13_o 14._o with_o 26_o 27._o a_o table_n of_o the_o most_o material_a thing_n handle_v in_o this_o book_n part_n i._o handle_v some_o thing_n of_o more_o general_a concernment_n as_o to_o the_o whole_a discourse_n chapter_n 1._o show_v the_o justifiableness_n of_o the_o enquiry_n p._n 1._o to_o 9_o chap._n 2._o prove_v that_o the_o mystical_a number_n of_o daniel_n and_o the_o revelation_n do_v hold_v forth_o a_o certain_a definite_a and_o determinate_a time_n p._n 9_o to_o 14_o chap._n 3._o clear_v and_o confirm_v our_o general_n distinction_n that_o the_o end_n of_o the_o beast_n tyranny_n relate_v to_o one_o time_n the_o end_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n to_o another_o p._n 14._o to_o 21_o part_v ii_o compute_v the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o show_v where_o the_o limit_a time_n of_o his_o tyranny_n end_v chap._n 1._o discuss_v some_o thing_n of_o more_o general_a concernment_n as_o to_o this_o particular_a question_n sect._n i._o state_v the_o question_n and_o show_v the_o ground_n we_o be_v to_o go_v upon_o for_o answer_v it_o viz._n the_o forty_o two_o month_n the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n wherein_o these_o differ_v and_o why_o the_o one_o number_n reckon_v by_o month_n the_o other_o by_o day_n p._n 21_o 22_o sect._n ii_o prove_v that_o both_o day_n and_o month_n be_v prophetical_a p._n 23_o sect._n iii_o show_v that_o the_o forty_o two_o month_n the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n signify_v one_o and_o the_o same_o time_n and_o also_o begin_v and_o end_v together_o p._n 24_o to_o 28_o chap._n 2._o disprove_v the_o sundry_a false_a beginning_n of_o this_o epock_n sect._n i._n that_o the_o forty_o two_o month_n the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n be_v not_o to_o be_v begin_v with_o the_o time_n of_o constantine_n the_o great_a p._n 28._o to_o 37_o sect._n ii_o that_o they_o be_v not_o to_o be_v begin_v with_o the_o year_n four_o hundred_o forty_o two_o p._n 37_o 38_o sect._n iii_o that_o they_o be_v not_o to_o be_v begin_v with_o the_o time_n when_o boniface_n be_v make_v universal_a bishop_n by_o phocas_n p._n 39_o 40_o chap._n 3._o state_v and_o confirm_v the_o true_a beginning_n sect._n i._n the_o true_a beginning_n fix_v anno_fw-la dom._n three_o hundred_o ninety_o six_o this_o to_o be_v the_o true_a be_v prove_v by_o two_o reason_n 1_o take_v from_o the_o harmony_n of_o mystical_a number_n 2_o from_o the_o eminent_a apostasy_n about_o this_o very_a time_n p._n 41_o to_o 48_o sect._n ii_o a_o three_o reason_n of_o our_o beginning_n take_v from_o the_o devastation_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n two_o thing_n prove_v 1_o that_o our_o account_n be_v to_o begin_v from_o the_o time_n this_o devastation_n begin_v 2_o that_o this_o be_v in_o the_o aforesaid_a year_n p._n 48_o to_o 56_o chap._n 4._o prove_v and_o confirm_v yet_o further_o our_o foregoing_a beginning_n sect._n i._n a_o four_o argument_n of_o our_o beginning_n take_v from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o beast_n horn_n wherein_o be_v show_v first_o when_o the_o horn_n begin_v to_o appear_v second_o that_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o horn_n must_v necessary_o be_v a_o little_a while_n after_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o beast_n p._n 56_o to_o 61_o sect._n ii_o a_o objection_n make_v daniel_n see_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n after_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o ten_o here_o by_o way_n of_o digression_n be_v discourse_v of_o daniel_n little_a horn_n and_o it_o be_v prove_v that_o daniel_n little_a horn_n can_v signify_v mahomet_n or_o the_o turkish_a power_n p._n 61._o to_o 69_o here_o also_o occasional_o daniel_n king_n of_o the_o north_n and_o king_n of_o the_o south_n chap._n 11._o be_v discourse_v of_o p._n 69._o to_o 77_o sect._n iii_o prove_v that_o by_o daniel_n little_a horn_n can_v be_v mean_v william_n the_o conqueror_n take_v in_o with_o he_o the_o whole_a norman_a race_n of_o king_n sit_v on_o the_o english_a throne_n nor_o charles_n stuart_n the_o last_o of_o that_o race_n p._n 77._o to_o 83_o sect._n iu_o a_o return_v to_o the_o objection_n to_o which_o answer_n be_v give_v p._n 83._o to_o 89_o sect._n v._n three_o argument_n more_o to_o prove_v our_o beginning_n 1_o take_v from_o the_o great_a likelihood_n there_o be_v of_o the_o witness_n lie_v dead_a at_o this_o day_n which_o thing_n the_o aforesaid_a beginning_n do_v necessary_o infer_v p._n 89_o 2_o take_v from_o the_o visibility_n of_o those_o very_a thing_n at_o this_o day_n which_o the_o scripture_n have_v foretold_v we_o shall_v occur_v within_o the_o last_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a of_o the_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o five_o thing_n be_v instance_a in_o which_o the_o scripture_n have_v foretold_v shall_v happen_v within_o that_o time_n all_o which_o be_v visible_a at_o this_o day_n p._n 90_o 91_o 92_o 3_o our_o beginning_n may_v not_o be_v fix_v either_o high_a or_o low_o therefore_o must_v be_v as_o it_o be_v state_v prove_v p._n 92._o to_o 98_o part_v iii_o compute_v the_o time_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n chap._n 1._o of_o daniel_n two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o day_n sect._n i._n that_o the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o day_n do_v not_o belong_v to_o the_o time_n and_o story_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n where_o be_v show_v at_o large_a that_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n can_v be_v he_o of_o who_o so_o much_o be_v speak_v in_o daniel_n prophecy_n p._n 98._o to_o p._n 120_o sect._n ii_o prove_v that_o the_o little_a horn_n speak_v of_o dan._n 8._o signify_v the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n p._n 120._o to_o p._n 127_o sect._n iii_o show_v that_o the_o two_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o day_n be_v not_o to_o be_v understand_v of_o